Added MMTexturedWindow user default
[MacVim.git] / src / edit.c
blob4ce11d18290aeb3a0719acce56325a4cd97cde0d
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
14 #include "vim.h"
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
44 NULL,
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
50 NULL,
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
66 struct compl_S
68 compl_T *cp_next;
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
98 * are used. */
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
102 in compl_leader */
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
106 the longest common string. */
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
109 completions. */
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
117 static int compl_matches = 0;
118 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
119 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
120 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
121 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
122 static pos_T compl_startpos;
123 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
124 * that is being completed */
125 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
126 * completion started */
127 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
128 static expand_T compl_xp;
130 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
131 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
132 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c));
133 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
134 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
135 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
136 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
137 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
138 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
139 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
140 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
141 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
142 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
143 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
144 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
145 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
146 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
147 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
148 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
149 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
150 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
151 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
152 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
153 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
154 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
155 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
156 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
157 #endif
158 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
159 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
160 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
161 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
162 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
163 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
164 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
165 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
166 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
167 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
168 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
170 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
171 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
172 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
173 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
175 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
176 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
177 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
178 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
179 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
180 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
181 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
182 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
183 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
184 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
185 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
186 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
187 #endif
188 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
189 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
190 #if 0
191 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
192 #endif
193 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
194 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
195 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
196 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
197 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
198 #endif
199 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
200 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
201 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
202 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
203 #endif
204 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
205 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
206 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
207 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
208 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
209 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
210 #endif
211 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
212 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
213 #endif
214 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
215 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
216 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
217 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
218 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
219 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
220 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
221 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
222 #endif
223 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
224 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
225 #endif
226 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
227 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
228 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
229 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
230 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
231 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
232 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
233 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
234 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
235 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
236 #ifdef FEAT_DND
237 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
238 #endif
239 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
240 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
241 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
242 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
243 #endif
244 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
245 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
247 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
248 #endif
249 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
251 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
252 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
254 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
255 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
256 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
257 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
258 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
260 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
261 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
262 #endif
264 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
266 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
267 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
268 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
269 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
270 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
271 #endif
273 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
274 char. Set when edit() is called.
275 after that arrow_used is used. */
277 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
278 under the cursor */
281 * edit(): Start inserting text.
283 * "cmdchar" can be:
284 * 'i' normal insert command
285 * 'a' normal append command
286 * 'R' replace command
287 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
288 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
289 * 'g' "gI" command.
290 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
291 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
293 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
294 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
296 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
299 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
300 int cmdchar;
301 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
302 long count;
304 int c = 0;
305 char_u *ptr;
306 int lastc;
307 colnr_T mincol;
308 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
309 int i;
310 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
311 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
312 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
313 #endif
314 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
315 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
316 int old_topfill = -1;
317 #endif
318 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
319 int replaceState = REPLACE;
320 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
322 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
323 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
325 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
326 * error message */
327 check_for_delay(TRUE);
329 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
330 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
331 if (sandbox != 0)
333 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
334 return FALSE;
336 #endif
337 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
338 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
339 if (textlock != 0)
341 EMSG(_(e_secure));
342 return FALSE;
345 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
346 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
347 if (compl_started || pum_visible())
349 EMSG(_(e_secure));
350 return FALSE;
352 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
353 #endif
355 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
357 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
359 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
361 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
362 if (cmdchar == 'R')
363 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
364 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
365 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
366 else
367 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
368 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
369 # endif
370 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
372 #endif
374 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
376 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
377 * where the paste started.
379 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
380 Insstart = where_paste_started;
381 else
382 #endif
384 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
385 if (startln)
386 Insstart.col = 0;
388 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
389 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
390 if (!did_ai)
391 ai_col = 0;
393 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
395 ResetRedobuff();
396 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
397 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
398 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
400 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
401 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
402 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
404 else
405 #endif
407 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
408 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
409 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
410 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
411 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
415 if (cmdchar == 'R')
417 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
418 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
420 beep_flush();
421 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
422 State = INSERT;
424 else
425 #endif
426 State = REPLACE;
428 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
429 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
431 State = VREPLACE;
432 replaceState = VREPLACE;
433 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
434 vr_lines_changed = 1;
436 #endif
437 else
438 State = INSERT;
440 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
443 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
444 * on a TAB or special character.
446 curs_columns(TRUE);
449 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
450 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
451 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
452 * when hitting <Esc>.
454 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
455 State |= LANGMAP;
456 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
457 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
458 #endif
460 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
461 setmouse();
462 #endif
463 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
464 clear_showcmd();
465 #endif
466 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
467 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
468 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
469 if (revins_on)
470 undisplay_dollar();
471 revins_chars = 0;
472 revins_legal = 0;
473 revins_scol = -1;
474 #endif
477 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
478 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
479 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
481 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
483 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
485 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
486 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
488 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
489 arrow_used = FALSE;
490 else
491 #endif
492 arrow_used = TRUE;
493 restart_edit = 0;
496 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
497 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
498 * correct in very rare cases).
499 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
500 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
502 validate_virtcol();
503 update_curswant();
504 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
505 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
506 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
508 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
509 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
511 else if (has_mbyte)
513 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
514 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
515 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
517 #endif
519 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
521 else
522 arrow_used = FALSE;
524 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
525 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
527 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
528 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
530 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
531 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
532 #endif
533 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
534 can_cindent = TRUE;
535 #endif
536 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
537 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
538 * restarting. */
539 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
540 foldOpenCursor();
541 #endif
544 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
545 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
546 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
548 i = 0;
549 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
550 i = showmode();
552 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
553 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
555 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
556 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
557 #endif
558 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
559 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
560 #endif
563 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
564 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
566 ptr = get_inserted();
567 if (ptr == NULL)
568 new_insert_skip = 0;
569 else
571 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
572 vim_free(ptr);
575 old_indent = 0;
578 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
580 for (;;)
582 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
583 if (!revins_legal)
584 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
585 else
586 revins_legal = 0;
587 #endif
588 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
589 count = 0;
591 if (stop_insert_mode)
593 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
594 count = 0;
595 goto doESCkey;
598 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
599 if (!arrow_used)
600 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
602 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
603 * menu invoked a shell command). */
604 if (stuff_empty())
606 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
607 if (need_check_timestamps)
608 check_timestamps(FALSE);
612 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
614 msg_scroll = FALSE;
616 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
617 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
618 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
619 * autocommand. */
620 if (need_mouse_correct)
621 gui_mouse_correct();
622 #endif
624 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
625 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
626 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
627 foldOpenCursor();
628 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
629 if (!char_avail())
630 foldCheckClose();
631 #endif
634 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
635 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
636 * redraw.
637 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
638 * something.
639 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
640 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
642 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
643 && curwin->w_p_wrap
644 && !did_backspace
645 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
647 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
648 #endif
651 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
652 validate_cursor_col();
654 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
655 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
656 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
657 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
658 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
659 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
660 #endif
663 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
664 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
665 --curwin->w_topfill;
666 else
667 #endif
668 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
669 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
670 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
671 else
672 #endif
673 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
677 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
678 update_topline();
680 did_backspace = FALSE;
682 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
685 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
686 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
688 ins_redraw(TRUE);
690 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
691 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
692 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
693 #endif
695 update_curswant();
696 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
697 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
698 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
699 #endif
701 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
702 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
703 #endif
706 * Get a character for Insert mode.
708 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
709 c = safe_vgetc();
711 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
712 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
713 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
714 #endif
716 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
717 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
718 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
719 #endif
720 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
721 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
722 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
723 #endif
725 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
727 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
728 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
729 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
731 if (compl_started
732 && pum_wanted()
733 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
734 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
735 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
737 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
738 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
739 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
740 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
741 continue;
743 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
744 if (!compl_used_match)
746 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
747 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
748 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
749 if (c == Ctrl_L
750 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
751 || STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
752 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
754 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
755 continue;
758 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current
759 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
760 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
762 ins_compl_addleader(c);
763 continue;
766 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
767 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
768 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
769 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
771 ins_compl_delete();
772 ins_compl_insert();
777 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
778 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
779 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
780 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
781 continue;
782 #endif
784 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
785 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
786 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
787 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
789 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
790 ins_redraw(FALSE);
791 ++no_mapping;
792 ++allow_keys;
793 c = plain_vgetc();
794 --no_mapping;
795 --allow_keys;
796 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
798 /* it's something else */
799 vungetc(c);
800 c = Ctrl_BSL;
802 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
803 continue;
804 else
806 if (c == Ctrl_O)
808 ins_ctrl_o();
809 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
810 nomove = TRUE;
812 count = 0;
813 goto doESCkey;
817 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
818 c = do_digraph(c);
819 #endif
821 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
822 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
823 goto docomplete;
824 #endif
825 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
827 ins_ctrl_v();
828 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
829 continue;
832 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
833 if (cindent_on()
834 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
835 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
836 # endif
839 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
840 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
841 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
842 * done before inserting the key. */
843 line_is_white = inindent(0);
844 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
845 goto force_cindent;
846 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
847 && stop_arrow() == OK)
848 do_c_expr_indent();
850 #endif
852 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
853 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
854 switch (c)
856 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
857 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
858 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
859 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
860 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
861 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
863 #endif
865 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
867 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
868 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
869 * characters.
871 if (ins_start_select(c))
872 continue;
873 #endif
876 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
878 switch (c)
880 case ESC: /* End input mode */
881 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
882 break;
883 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
885 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
886 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
887 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
889 /* Close the cmdline window. */
890 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
891 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
892 nomove = TRUE;
893 goto doESCkey;
895 #endif
897 #ifdef UNIX
898 do_intr:
899 #endif
900 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
901 * Insert mode */
902 if (goto_im())
904 if (got_int)
906 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
907 got_int = FALSE;
909 else
910 vim_beep();
911 break;
913 doESCkey:
915 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
917 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
918 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
919 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
920 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
922 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
924 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
925 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
926 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
927 FALSE, curbuf);
928 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
929 #endif
930 return (c == Ctrl_O);
932 continue;
934 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
935 if (!p_im)
936 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
937 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
938 c = Ctrl_O;
939 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
941 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
942 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
943 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
944 goto docomplete;
945 #endif
946 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
947 break;
948 ins_ctrl_o();
950 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
951 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
952 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
954 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
955 nomove = TRUE;
957 #endif
958 count = 0;
959 goto doESCkey;
961 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
962 case K_KINS:
963 ins_insert(replaceState);
964 break;
966 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
967 break;
969 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
970 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
971 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
972 goto doESCkey;
973 #endif
975 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
976 case K_F1:
977 case K_XF1:
978 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
979 if (p_im)
980 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
981 goto doESCkey;
983 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
984 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
985 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
986 i = plain_vgetc();
987 --no_mapping;
988 netbeans_keycommand(i);
989 break;
990 #endif
992 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
993 case NUL:
994 case Ctrl_A:
995 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
996 * error. */
997 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
998 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
999 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
1000 inserted_space = FALSE;
1001 break;
1003 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
1004 ins_reg();
1005 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1006 inserted_space = FALSE;
1007 break;
1009 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
1010 ins_ctrl_g();
1011 break;
1013 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
1014 ins_ctrl_hat();
1015 break;
1017 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1018 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
1019 if (!p_ari)
1020 goto normalchar;
1021 ins_ctrl_();
1022 break;
1023 #endif
1025 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
1026 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1027 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
1028 goto docomplete;
1029 #endif
1030 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1032 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
1033 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1034 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
1036 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
1037 goto docomplete;
1038 break;
1040 # endif
1041 ins_shift(c, lastc);
1042 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1043 inserted_space = FALSE;
1044 break;
1046 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
1047 case K_KDEL:
1048 ins_del();
1049 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1050 break;
1052 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
1053 case Ctrl_H:
1054 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
1055 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1056 break;
1058 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
1059 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
1060 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1061 break;
1063 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
1064 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1065 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
1066 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
1067 goto docomplete;
1068 # endif
1069 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
1070 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1071 inserted_space = FALSE;
1072 break;
1074 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
1075 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
1076 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
1077 case K_LEFTDRAG:
1078 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
1079 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
1080 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
1081 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
1082 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
1083 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
1084 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
1085 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
1086 case K_X1MOUSE:
1087 case K_X1DRAG:
1088 case K_X1RELEASE:
1089 case K_X2MOUSE:
1090 case K_X2DRAG:
1091 case K_X2RELEASE:
1092 ins_mouse(c);
1093 break;
1095 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
1096 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
1097 break;
1099 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
1100 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
1101 break;
1102 #endif
1103 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
1104 case K_TABLINE:
1105 case K_TABMENU:
1106 ins_tabline(c);
1107 break;
1108 #endif
1110 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
1111 break;
1113 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1114 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
1115 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1116 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
1117 break;
1118 #endif
1120 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
1121 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
1122 * cancelled. */
1123 case K_F4:
1124 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
1125 goto normalchar;
1126 break;
1127 #endif
1129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1130 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
1131 ins_scroll();
1132 break;
1134 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
1135 ins_horscroll();
1136 break;
1137 #endif
1139 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
1140 case K_KHOME:
1141 case K_S_HOME:
1142 case K_C_HOME:
1143 ins_home(c);
1144 break;
1146 case K_END: /* <End> */
1147 case K_KEND:
1148 case K_S_END:
1149 case K_C_END:
1150 ins_end(c);
1151 break;
1153 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
1154 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1155 ins_s_left();
1156 else
1157 ins_left();
1158 break;
1160 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
1161 case K_C_LEFT:
1162 ins_s_left();
1163 break;
1165 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
1166 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1167 ins_s_right();
1168 else
1169 ins_right();
1170 break;
1172 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
1173 case K_C_RIGHT:
1174 ins_s_right();
1175 break;
1177 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
1178 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1179 if (pum_visible())
1180 goto docomplete;
1181 #endif
1182 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1183 ins_pageup();
1184 else
1185 ins_up(FALSE);
1186 break;
1188 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
1189 case K_PAGEUP:
1190 case K_KPAGEUP:
1191 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1192 if (pum_visible())
1193 goto docomplete;
1194 #endif
1195 ins_pageup();
1196 break;
1198 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
1199 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1200 if (pum_visible())
1201 goto docomplete;
1202 #endif
1203 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1204 ins_pagedown();
1205 else
1206 ins_down(FALSE);
1207 break;
1209 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
1210 case K_PAGEDOWN:
1211 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1212 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1213 if (pum_visible())
1214 goto docomplete;
1215 #endif
1216 ins_pagedown();
1217 break;
1219 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1220 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
1221 ins_drop();
1222 break;
1223 #endif
1225 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1226 c = TAB;
1227 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1229 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1230 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1231 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1232 goto docomplete;
1233 #endif
1234 inserted_space = FALSE;
1235 if (ins_tab())
1236 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
1237 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1238 break;
1240 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
1241 c = CAR;
1242 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1243 case CAR:
1244 case NL:
1245 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1246 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1247 * cursor. */
1248 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1250 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
1251 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1252 else /* location list window */
1253 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
1254 break;
1256 #endif
1257 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1258 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1260 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1261 cmdwin_result = CAR;
1262 goto doESCkey;
1264 #endif
1265 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
1266 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
1267 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1268 inserted_space = FALSE;
1269 break;
1271 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1272 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
1273 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1274 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1276 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1277 goto docomplete;
1278 break;
1280 # endif
1281 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1282 c = ins_digraph();
1283 if (c == NUL)
1284 break;
1285 # endif
1286 goto normalchar;
1287 #endif
1289 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1290 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1291 ins_ctrl_x();
1292 break;
1294 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
1295 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1296 goto normalchar;
1297 goto docomplete;
1299 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
1300 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1301 goto normalchar;
1302 goto docomplete;
1304 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
1305 case Ctrl_S:
1306 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1307 goto normalchar;
1308 goto docomplete;
1309 #endif
1311 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
1312 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1313 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1314 #endif
1316 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1317 if (p_im)
1319 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1320 break;
1321 goto doESCkey;
1323 goto normalchar;
1325 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1326 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1328 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1329 case Ctrl_N:
1330 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1331 * but it is under other ^X modes */
1332 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1333 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
1334 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1335 goto normalchar;
1337 docomplete:
1338 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
1339 compl_cont_status = 0;
1340 break;
1341 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1343 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1344 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
1345 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1346 break;
1348 default:
1349 #ifdef UNIX
1350 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
1351 goto do_intr;
1352 #endif
1355 * Insert a nomal character.
1357 normalchar:
1358 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1359 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1360 ins_try_si(c);
1361 #endif
1363 if (c == ' ')
1365 inserted_space = TRUE;
1366 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1367 if (inindent(0))
1368 can_cindent = FALSE;
1369 #endif
1370 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1371 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1372 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1375 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
1376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1377 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1378 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1379 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1380 #endif
1383 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1384 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1385 revins_legal++;
1386 revins_chars++;
1387 #endif
1390 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1392 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1393 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1394 * closed fold. */
1395 foldOpenCursor();
1396 #endif
1397 break;
1398 } /* end of switch (c) */
1400 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1401 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
1402 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
1403 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1404 #endif
1406 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1407 if (arrow_used)
1408 inserted_space = FALSE;
1410 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1411 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1412 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1413 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
1414 # endif
1417 force_cindent:
1419 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1421 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1423 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1424 /* re-indent the current line */
1425 do_c_expr_indent();
1428 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1430 } /* for (;;) */
1431 /* NOTREACHED */
1435 * Redraw for Insert mode.
1436 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1437 * option work correctly.
1438 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
1439 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1441 /*ARGSUSED*/
1442 static void
1443 ins_redraw(ready)
1444 int ready; /* not busy with something */
1446 if (!char_avail())
1448 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1449 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
1450 * visible, the command might delete it. */
1451 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
1452 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
1453 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1454 && !pum_visible()
1455 # endif
1458 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1459 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
1460 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
1461 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
1462 * again below, unfortunately. */
1463 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw)
1464 update_screen(0);
1465 # endif
1466 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1467 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
1469 #endif
1470 if (must_redraw)
1471 update_screen(0);
1472 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1473 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
1474 showruler(FALSE);
1475 setcursor();
1476 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
1481 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1483 static void
1484 ins_ctrl_v()
1486 int c;
1488 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1489 ins_redraw(FALSE);
1491 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1492 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1493 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
1495 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1496 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1497 #endif
1499 c = get_literal();
1500 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1501 clear_showcmd();
1502 #endif
1503 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1504 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1505 revins_chars++;
1506 revins_legal++;
1507 #endif
1511 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
1512 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1514 static int pc_status;
1515 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
1516 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
1517 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
1518 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
1519 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1520 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1521 #else
1522 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
1523 #endif
1524 static int pc_attr;
1525 static int pc_row;
1526 static int pc_col;
1528 void
1529 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
1530 int c;
1531 int highlight;
1533 int attr;
1535 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1537 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1538 validate_cursor();
1539 if (highlight)
1540 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
1541 else
1542 attr = 0;
1543 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1544 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
1545 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1546 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1547 #endif
1548 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1549 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1551 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1552 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1553 if (has_mbyte)
1555 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1557 if (fix_col != pc_col)
1559 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1560 --curwin->w_wcol;
1561 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1564 # endif
1566 else
1567 #endif
1569 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1570 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1571 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1572 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1573 #endif
1576 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
1577 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1578 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1579 #endif
1581 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1582 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1584 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1589 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1591 void
1592 edit_unputchar()
1594 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1596 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1597 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1598 ++curwin->w_wcol;
1599 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1600 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1601 else
1602 #endif
1603 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1608 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1609 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1611 void
1612 display_dollar(col)
1613 colnr_T col;
1615 colnr_T save_col;
1617 if (!redrawing())
1618 return;
1620 cursor_off();
1621 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1622 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1624 if (has_mbyte)
1626 char_u *p;
1628 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1629 p = ml_get_curline();
1630 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1632 #endif
1633 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1634 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
1636 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1637 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1639 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1643 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
1644 * in insert mode.
1646 static void
1647 undisplay_dollar()
1649 if (dollar_vcol)
1651 dollar_vcol = 0;
1652 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1657 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
1658 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
1659 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
1660 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
1661 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
1662 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
1664 void
1665 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes)
1666 int type;
1667 int amount;
1668 int round;
1669 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
1670 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */
1672 int vcol;
1673 int last_vcol;
1674 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
1675 int new_cursor_col;
1676 int i;
1677 char_u *ptr;
1678 int save_p_list;
1679 int start_col;
1680 colnr_T vc;
1681 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1682 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
1683 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
1685 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
1686 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1688 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
1689 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1691 #endif
1693 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
1694 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1695 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1696 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
1697 vcol = vc;
1700 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
1701 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
1702 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
1704 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1706 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
1707 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1708 beginline(BL_WHITE);
1709 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1711 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1714 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
1715 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
1717 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
1718 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1720 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
1721 start_col = -1;
1724 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
1726 if (type == INDENT_SET)
1727 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
1728 else
1730 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1731 int save_State = State;
1733 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
1734 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1735 State = INSERT;
1736 #endif
1737 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
1738 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1739 State = save_State;
1740 #endif
1742 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1745 * Try to put cursor on same character.
1746 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
1747 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
1748 * non-blank character.
1749 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
1750 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
1751 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
1753 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
1756 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
1757 * Insstart_col to 0.
1759 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
1760 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1761 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1763 else if (!(State & INSERT))
1764 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1765 else
1768 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
1770 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1771 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
1774 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
1776 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
1777 new_cursor_col = -1;
1778 ptr = ml_get_curline();
1779 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1781 last_vcol = vcol;
1782 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1783 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
1784 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
1785 else
1786 #endif
1787 ++new_cursor_col;
1788 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
1790 vcol = last_vcol;
1793 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
1794 * the right screen column.
1796 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1798 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1799 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
1800 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
1801 if (ptr != NULL)
1803 new_cursor_col += i;
1804 ptr[i] = NUL;
1805 while (--i >= 0)
1806 ptr[i] = ' ';
1807 ins_str(ptr);
1808 vim_free(ptr);
1813 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
1814 * Insstart_col to 0.
1816 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1819 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
1821 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
1822 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1823 else
1824 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1825 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
1826 changed_cline_bef_curs();
1829 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
1831 if (State & INSERT)
1833 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
1835 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
1836 Insstart.col = 0;
1837 else
1838 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
1840 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
1841 ai_col = 0;
1842 else
1843 ai_col -= insstart_less;
1847 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
1848 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
1849 * few characters from the replace stack.
1850 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
1851 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
1853 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
1855 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
1857 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1858 --start_col;
1860 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
1862 replace_push(NUL);
1863 if (replaced)
1865 replace_push(replaced);
1866 replaced = NUL;
1868 ++start_col;
1872 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1874 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
1875 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
1876 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
1878 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1880 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
1881 * even if you can't backspace. */
1882 if (orig_line == NULL)
1883 return;
1885 /* Save new line */
1886 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1887 if (new_line == NULL)
1888 return;
1890 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
1891 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1893 /* Put back original line */
1894 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
1895 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
1897 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
1898 backspace_until_column(0);
1900 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1901 ins_bytes(new_line);
1903 vim_free(new_line);
1905 #endif
1909 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
1910 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
1911 * modes.
1913 void
1914 truncate_spaces(line)
1915 char_u *line;
1917 int i;
1919 /* find start of trailing white space */
1920 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
1922 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1923 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1925 line[i + 1] = NUL;
1928 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1929 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1931 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
1932 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
1934 void
1935 backspace_until_column(col)
1936 int col;
1938 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
1940 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
1941 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1942 replace_do_bs();
1943 else
1944 (void)del_char(FALSE);
1947 #endif
1949 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1951 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
1953 static void
1954 ins_ctrl_x()
1956 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
1957 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
1958 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
1960 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
1961 * compl_cont_status */
1962 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
1963 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
1964 else
1965 compl_cont_status = 0;
1966 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
1967 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
1968 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
1969 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
1970 showmode();
1975 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
1977 static int
1978 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
1979 int dict_opt;
1981 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
1982 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
1983 && !curwin->w_p_spell
1984 # endif
1986 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
1988 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
1989 edit_submode = NULL;
1990 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
1991 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
1992 hl_attr(HLF_E));
1993 if (emsg_silent == 0)
1995 vim_beep();
1996 setcursor();
1997 out_flush();
1998 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
2000 return FALSE;
2002 return TRUE;
2006 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
2007 * This depends on the current mode.
2010 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
2011 int c;
2013 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
2014 if (c == Ctrl_R)
2015 return TRUE;
2017 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
2018 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
2019 return TRUE;
2021 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2023 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
2024 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
2025 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
2026 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
2027 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
2028 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
2029 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
2030 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
2031 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
2032 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
2033 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
2034 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2035 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2036 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2037 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2038 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2039 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2040 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2041 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2042 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2043 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2044 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2045 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2046 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2047 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2048 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2049 #endif
2050 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2051 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
2052 || c == Ctrl_X);
2053 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2054 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
2055 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2056 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2057 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2058 #endif
2059 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
2060 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2062 EMSG(_(e_internal));
2063 return FALSE;
2067 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
2068 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
2069 * is visible.
2071 static int
2072 ins_compl_accept_char(c)
2073 int c;
2075 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
2076 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
2077 return vim_isIDc(c);
2079 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2081 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2082 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
2083 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
2084 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
2085 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
2087 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2088 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2089 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
2090 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
2091 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
2093 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2094 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
2095 return vim_isprintc(c);
2097 return vim_iswordc(c);
2101 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
2102 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
2103 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
2104 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
2107 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
2108 char_u *str;
2109 int len;
2110 int icase;
2111 char_u *fname;
2112 int dir;
2113 int flags;
2115 char_u *p;
2116 int i, c;
2117 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
2118 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
2119 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
2120 int has_lower = FALSE;
2121 int was_letter = FALSE;
2123 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
2125 /* Infer case of completed part. */
2127 /* Find actual length of completion. */
2128 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2129 if (has_mbyte)
2131 p = str;
2132 actual_len = 0;
2133 while (*p != NUL)
2135 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2136 ++actual_len;
2139 else
2140 #endif
2141 actual_len = len;
2143 /* Find actual length of original text. */
2144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2145 if (has_mbyte)
2147 p = compl_orig_text;
2148 actual_compl_length = 0;
2149 while (*p != NUL)
2151 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2152 ++actual_compl_length;
2155 else
2156 #endif
2157 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
2159 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
2160 wca = (int *)alloc(actual_len * sizeof(int));
2161 if (wca != NULL)
2163 p = str;
2164 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
2165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2166 if (has_mbyte)
2167 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2168 else
2169 #endif
2170 wca[i] = *(p++);
2172 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
2173 p = compl_orig_text;
2174 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2177 if (has_mbyte)
2178 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2179 else
2180 #endif
2181 c = *(p++);
2182 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2184 has_lower = TRUE;
2185 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
2187 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
2188 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2189 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2190 break;
2196 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
2197 * upper case.
2199 if (!has_lower)
2201 p = compl_orig_text;
2202 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2204 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2205 if (has_mbyte)
2206 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2207 else
2208 #endif
2209 c = *(p++);
2210 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
2212 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
2213 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2214 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2215 break;
2217 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
2221 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
2222 p = compl_orig_text;
2223 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2226 if (has_mbyte)
2227 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2228 else
2229 #endif
2230 c = *(p++);
2231 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2232 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2233 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
2234 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2238 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
2239 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
2240 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
2241 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
2243 p = IObuff;
2244 i = 0;
2245 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
2246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2247 if (has_mbyte)
2248 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
2249 else
2250 #endif
2251 *(p++) = wca[i++];
2252 *p = NUL;
2254 vim_free(wca);
2257 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
2258 flags, FALSE);
2260 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
2264 * Add a match to the list of matches.
2265 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
2266 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
2267 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
2269 static int
2270 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
2271 char_u *str;
2272 int len;
2273 int icase;
2274 char_u *fname;
2275 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
2276 int cdir;
2277 int flags;
2278 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
2280 compl_T *match;
2281 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
2283 ui_breakcheck();
2284 if (got_int)
2285 return FAIL;
2286 if (len < 0)
2287 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
2290 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
2292 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
2294 match = compl_first_match;
2297 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2298 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
2299 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
2300 return NOTDONE;
2301 match = match->cp_next;
2302 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
2305 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
2306 ins_compl_del_pum();
2309 * Allocate a new match structure.
2310 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
2312 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
2313 if (match == NULL)
2314 return FAIL;
2315 match->cp_number = -1;
2316 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2317 match->cp_number = 0;
2318 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
2320 vim_free(match);
2321 return FAIL;
2323 match->cp_icase = icase;
2325 /* match-fname is:
2326 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
2327 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
2328 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
2329 if (fname != NULL
2330 && compl_curr_match != NULL
2331 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
2332 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
2333 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
2334 else if (fname != NULL)
2336 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
2337 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
2339 else
2340 match->cp_fname = NULL;
2341 match->cp_flags = flags;
2343 if (cptext != NULL)
2345 int i;
2347 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
2348 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
2349 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
2353 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2355 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2356 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2357 else if (dir == FORWARD)
2359 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2360 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2362 else /* BACKWARD */
2364 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2365 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2367 if (match->cp_next)
2368 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2369 if (match->cp_prev)
2370 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2371 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2372 compl_first_match = match;
2373 compl_curr_match = match;
2376 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
2378 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2379 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
2381 return OK;
2385 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
2386 * match->cp_icase.
2388 static int
2389 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
2390 compl_T *match;
2391 char_u *str;
2392 int len;
2394 if (match->cp_icase)
2395 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2396 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2400 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
2402 static void
2403 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
2404 compl_T *match;
2406 char_u *p, *s;
2407 int c1, c2;
2408 int had_match;
2410 if (compl_leader == NULL)
2412 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
2413 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
2414 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2416 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2417 ins_compl_delete();
2418 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
2419 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2421 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2422 * again after redrawing. */
2423 if (!had_match)
2424 ins_compl_delete();
2425 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2428 else
2430 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
2431 p = compl_leader;
2432 s = match->cp_str;
2433 while (*p != NUL)
2435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2436 if (has_mbyte)
2438 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
2439 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
2441 else
2442 #endif
2444 c1 = *p;
2445 c2 = *s;
2447 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
2448 : (c1 != c2))
2449 break;
2450 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2451 if (has_mbyte)
2453 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2454 mb_ptr_adv(s);
2456 else
2457 #endif
2459 ++p;
2460 ++s;
2464 if (*p != NUL)
2466 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
2467 *p = NUL;
2468 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2469 ins_compl_delete();
2470 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
2471 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2473 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2474 * again after redrawing. */
2475 if (!had_match)
2476 ins_compl_delete();
2479 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2484 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2485 * Frees matches[].
2487 static void
2488 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
2489 int num_matches;
2490 char_u **matches;
2491 int icase;
2493 int i;
2494 int add_r = OK;
2495 int dir = compl_direction;
2497 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2498 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
2499 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
2500 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2501 dir = FORWARD;
2502 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2505 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2506 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2508 static int
2509 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
2511 compl_T *match;
2512 int count = 0;
2514 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2517 * Find the end of the list.
2519 match = compl_first_match;
2520 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2521 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2523 match = match->cp_next;
2524 ++count;
2526 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2527 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2529 return count;
2533 * Start completion for the complete() function.
2534 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
2535 * "list" is the list of matches.
2537 void
2538 set_completion(startcol, list)
2539 int startcol;
2540 list_T *list;
2542 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
2543 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
2544 ins_compl_prep(' ');
2545 ins_compl_clear();
2547 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
2548 return;
2550 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
2551 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2552 compl_col = startcol;
2553 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
2554 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
2555 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
2556 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
2557 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
2558 return;
2560 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
2561 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
2563 ins_compl_add_list(list);
2564 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
2565 compl_started = TRUE;
2566 compl_used_match = TRUE;
2567 compl_cont_status = 0;
2569 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2570 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
2571 out_flush();
2575 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
2576 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
2577 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
2578 static int compl_match_arraysize;
2581 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
2583 static void
2584 ins_compl_upd_pum()
2586 int h;
2588 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2590 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
2591 update_screen(0);
2592 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
2593 ins_compl_del_pum();
2598 * Remove any popup menu.
2600 static void
2601 ins_compl_del_pum()
2603 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2605 pum_undisplay();
2606 vim_free(compl_match_array);
2607 compl_match_array = NULL;
2612 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
2614 static int
2615 pum_wanted()
2617 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
2618 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
2619 return FALSE;
2621 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
2622 if (t_colors < 8
2623 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2624 && !gui.in_use
2625 #endif
2627 return FALSE;
2628 return TRUE;
2632 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
2633 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
2635 static int
2636 pum_enough_matches()
2638 compl_T *compl;
2639 int i;
2641 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
2642 * one (ignoring the original text). */
2643 compl = compl_first_match;
2644 i = 0;
2647 if (compl == NULL
2648 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
2649 break;
2650 compl = compl->cp_next;
2651 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
2653 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
2654 return (i >= 1);
2655 return (i >= 2);
2659 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
2660 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
2662 void
2663 ins_compl_show_pum()
2665 compl_T *compl;
2666 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
2667 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
2668 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
2669 int i;
2670 int cur = -1;
2671 colnr_T col;
2672 int lead_len = 0;
2674 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
2675 return;
2677 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
2678 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
2679 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
2680 #endif
2682 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
2683 update_screen(0);
2685 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
2687 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
2688 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
2689 compl = compl_first_match;
2690 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2691 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
2694 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2695 && (compl_leader == NULL
2696 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2697 ++compl_match_arraysize;
2698 compl = compl->cp_next;
2699 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2700 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
2701 return;
2702 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
2703 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
2704 * compl_match_arraysize));
2705 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2707 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
2708 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
2709 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2710 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2712 i = 0;
2713 compl = compl_first_match;
2716 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2717 && (compl_leader == NULL
2718 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2720 if (!shown_match_ok)
2722 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
2724 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
2725 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
2726 compl_shown_match = compl;
2727 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2728 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2730 else
2731 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
2732 * shown match is just below it. */
2733 shown_compl = compl;
2734 cur = i;
2737 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
2738 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
2739 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
2740 else
2741 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
2742 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
2743 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
2744 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
2745 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
2746 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
2747 else
2748 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
2751 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
2753 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2755 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
2756 * compl_shown_match. */
2757 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2758 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2760 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
2762 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
2763 * previously displayed match. */
2764 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
2765 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2768 compl = compl->cp_next;
2769 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2771 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
2772 cur = -1;
2775 else
2777 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
2778 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
2779 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
2780 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
2781 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
2783 cur = i;
2784 break;
2788 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2790 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
2791 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
2792 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2793 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
2794 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
2795 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
2799 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
2800 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
2803 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
2804 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
2806 static void
2807 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
2808 char_u *dict_start;
2809 char_u *pat;
2810 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
2811 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
2813 char_u *dict = dict_start;
2814 char_u *ptr;
2815 char_u *buf;
2816 regmatch_T regmatch;
2817 char_u **files;
2818 int count;
2819 int i;
2820 int save_p_scs;
2821 int dir = compl_direction;
2823 if (*dict == NUL)
2825 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2826 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
2827 * "spell". */
2828 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
2829 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
2830 else
2831 #endif
2832 return;
2835 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
2836 if (buf == NULL)
2837 return;
2838 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
2840 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
2841 save_p_scs = p_scs;
2842 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
2843 p_scs = FALSE;
2845 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
2846 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
2847 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
2848 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2850 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
2852 if (pat_esc == NULL)
2853 goto theend;
2854 i = (int)STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
2855 ptr = alloc(i);
2856 if (ptr == NULL)
2858 vim_free(pat_esc);
2859 goto theend;
2861 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
2862 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
2863 vim_free(pat_esc);
2864 vim_free(ptr);
2866 else
2868 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
2869 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
2870 goto theend;
2873 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
2874 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
2875 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
2877 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
2878 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
2880 count = 1;
2881 files = &dict;
2883 else
2885 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
2886 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
2887 * a modeline). */
2888 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
2889 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2890 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
2891 count = -1;
2892 else
2893 # endif
2894 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
2895 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
2896 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
2897 count = 0;
2900 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2901 if (count == -1)
2903 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
2904 * don't use it as a RE. */
2905 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
2906 ptr = pat + 2;
2907 else
2908 ptr = pat;
2909 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
2911 else
2912 # endif
2913 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
2915 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
2916 &regmatch, buf, &dir);
2917 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2918 FreeWild(count, files);
2920 if (flags != 0)
2921 break;
2924 theend:
2925 p_scs = save_p_scs;
2926 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
2927 vim_free(buf);
2930 static void
2931 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
2932 int count;
2933 char_u **files;
2934 int thesaurus;
2935 int flags;
2936 regmatch_T *regmatch;
2937 char_u *buf;
2938 int *dir;
2940 char_u *ptr;
2941 int i;
2942 FILE *fp;
2943 int add_r;
2945 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
2947 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
2948 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2950 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
2951 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
2952 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2955 if (fp != NULL)
2958 * Read dictionary file line by line.
2959 * Check each line for a match.
2961 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
2962 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
2964 ptr = buf;
2965 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
2967 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
2968 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2969 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
2970 else
2971 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
2972 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
2973 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
2974 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
2975 if (thesaurus)
2977 char_u *wstart;
2980 * Add the other matches on the line
2982 ptr = buf;
2983 while (!got_int)
2985 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
2986 * space and punctuation. */
2987 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
2988 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
2989 break;
2990 wstart = ptr;
2992 /* Find end of the word. */
2993 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2994 if (has_mbyte)
2995 /* Japanese words may have characters in
2996 * different classes, only separate words
2997 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
2998 while (*ptr != NUL)
3000 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3002 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3003 break;
3004 ptr += l;
3006 else
3007 #endif
3008 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3010 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
3011 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
3012 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
3013 (int)(ptr - wstart),
3014 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3017 if (add_r == OK)
3018 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3019 *dir = FORWARD;
3020 else if (add_r == FAIL)
3021 break;
3022 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
3023 * of line */
3024 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
3025 break;
3027 line_breakcheck();
3028 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
3030 fclose(fp);
3036 * Find the start of the next word.
3037 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
3039 char_u *
3040 find_word_start(ptr)
3041 char_u *ptr;
3043 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3044 if (has_mbyte)
3045 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
3046 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3047 else
3048 #endif
3049 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3050 ++ptr;
3051 return ptr;
3055 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
3056 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
3058 char_u *
3059 find_word_end(ptr)
3060 char_u *ptr;
3062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3063 int start_class;
3065 if (has_mbyte)
3067 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
3068 if (start_class > 1)
3069 while (*ptr != NUL)
3071 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3072 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
3073 break;
3076 else
3077 #endif
3078 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3079 ++ptr;
3080 return ptr;
3084 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
3085 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
3087 static char_u *
3088 find_line_end(ptr)
3089 char_u *ptr;
3091 char_u *s;
3093 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
3094 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
3095 --s;
3096 return s;
3100 * Free the list of completions
3102 static void
3103 ins_compl_free()
3105 compl_T *match;
3106 int i;
3108 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3109 compl_pattern = NULL;
3110 vim_free(compl_leader);
3111 compl_leader = NULL;
3113 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
3114 return;
3116 ins_compl_del_pum();
3117 pum_clear();
3119 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
3122 match = compl_curr_match;
3123 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
3124 vim_free(match->cp_str);
3125 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
3126 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
3127 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
3128 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
3129 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
3130 vim_free(match);
3131 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
3132 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
3135 static void
3136 ins_compl_clear()
3138 compl_cont_status = 0;
3139 compl_started = FALSE;
3140 compl_matches = 0;
3141 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3142 compl_pattern = NULL;
3143 vim_free(compl_leader);
3144 compl_leader = NULL;
3145 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3146 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
3147 compl_orig_text = NULL;
3148 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3152 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
3155 ins_compl_active()
3157 return compl_started;
3161 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
3162 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
3163 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
3164 * to be got from the user.
3166 static int
3167 ins_compl_bs()
3169 char_u *line;
3170 char_u *p;
3172 line = ml_get_curline();
3173 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
3174 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
3176 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
3177 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
3178 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
3179 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
3180 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0))
3181 return K_BS;
3183 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
3184 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
3185 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
3186 || compl_was_interrupted)
3187 ins_compl_restart();
3189 vim_free(compl_leader);
3190 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
3191 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3193 ins_compl_new_leader();
3194 return NUL;
3196 return K_BS;
3200 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
3201 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
3202 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
3204 static void
3205 ins_compl_new_leader()
3207 ins_compl_del_pum();
3208 ins_compl_delete();
3209 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3210 compl_used_match = FALSE;
3212 if (compl_started)
3213 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
3214 else
3216 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3217 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
3218 #endif
3220 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
3221 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
3222 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
3224 update_screen(0);
3225 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3226 if (gui.in_use)
3228 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
3229 setcursor();
3230 out_flush();
3231 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
3233 #endif
3234 compl_restarting = TRUE;
3235 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
3236 compl_cont_status = 0;
3237 compl_restarting = FALSE;
3240 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
3241 if (!compl_used_match)
3243 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
3244 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
3245 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
3246 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
3247 else
3248 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
3249 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3250 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
3252 #endif
3253 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
3255 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
3256 ins_compl_show_pum();
3258 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
3259 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
3260 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3264 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3265 * matches.
3267 static void
3268 ins_compl_addleader(c)
3269 int c;
3271 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3272 int cc;
3274 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
3276 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
3278 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
3279 buf[cc] = NUL;
3280 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
3282 else
3283 #endif
3284 ins_char(c);
3286 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
3287 if (compl_was_interrupted)
3288 ins_compl_restart();
3290 vim_free(compl_leader);
3291 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
3292 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3293 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3294 ins_compl_new_leader();
3298 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
3299 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
3301 static void
3302 ins_compl_restart()
3304 ins_compl_free();
3305 compl_started = FALSE;
3306 compl_matches = 0;
3307 compl_cont_status = 0;
3308 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3312 * Set the first match, the original text.
3314 static void
3315 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
3316 char_u *str;
3318 char_u *p;
3320 /* Replace the original text entry. */
3321 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
3323 p = vim_strsave(str);
3324 if (p != NULL)
3326 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
3327 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
3333 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3334 * matches.
3336 static void
3337 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
3339 char_u *p;
3340 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
3341 int c;
3342 compl_T *cp;
3344 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
3345 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
3347 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
3348 * the leader. */
3349 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3351 p = NULL;
3352 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
3353 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
3355 if (compl_leader == NULL
3356 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
3357 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
3359 p = cp->cp_str;
3360 break;
3363 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
3364 return;
3366 else
3367 return;
3369 p += len;
3370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3371 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
3372 #else
3373 c = *p;
3374 #endif
3375 ins_compl_addleader(c);
3379 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
3380 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
3381 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
3383 static int
3384 ins_compl_prep(c)
3385 int c;
3387 char_u *ptr;
3388 int want_cindent;
3389 int retval = FALSE;
3391 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
3392 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
3394 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3395 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3397 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
3398 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP)
3399 return retval;
3401 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
3402 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
3403 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
3405 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
3406 compl_used_match = TRUE;
3409 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
3412 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
3413 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
3415 switch (c)
3417 case Ctrl_E:
3418 case Ctrl_Y:
3419 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
3420 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
3421 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3422 else
3423 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3424 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3425 showmode();
3426 break;
3427 case Ctrl_L:
3428 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
3429 break;
3430 case Ctrl_F:
3431 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
3432 break;
3433 case Ctrl_K:
3434 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3435 break;
3436 case Ctrl_R:
3437 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
3438 break;
3439 case Ctrl_T:
3440 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3441 break;
3442 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3443 case Ctrl_U:
3444 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
3445 break;
3446 case Ctrl_O:
3447 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
3448 break;
3449 #endif
3450 case 's':
3451 case Ctrl_S:
3452 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
3453 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3454 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
3455 spell_back_to_badword();
3456 --emsg_off;
3457 #endif
3458 break;
3459 case Ctrl_RSB:
3460 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3461 break;
3462 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3463 case Ctrl_I:
3464 case K_S_TAB:
3465 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3466 break;
3467 case Ctrl_D:
3468 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3469 break;
3470 #endif
3471 case Ctrl_V:
3472 case Ctrl_Q:
3473 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
3474 break;
3475 case Ctrl_P:
3476 case Ctrl_N:
3477 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
3478 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
3479 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
3480 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
3481 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
3482 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
3483 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
3484 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
3485 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
3486 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3487 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
3488 /* FALLTHROUGH */
3489 default:
3490 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
3491 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
3492 * mode).
3493 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
3494 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
3495 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
3496 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
3497 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
3498 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
3499 * mode -- Acevedo */
3500 if (c == Ctrl_X)
3502 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3503 compl_cont_status = 0;
3504 else
3505 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
3507 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3508 edit_submode = NULL;
3509 showmode();
3510 break;
3513 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
3515 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
3516 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3518 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
3519 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3520 else
3521 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
3522 edit_submode = NULL;
3524 showmode();
3527 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3529 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
3530 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
3531 * showing what mode we are in. */
3532 showmode();
3533 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
3534 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
3535 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3537 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
3538 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
3539 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
3540 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
3542 char_u *p;
3543 int temp = 0;
3546 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
3547 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
3548 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
3549 * of the original text that has changed.
3550 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
3551 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
3553 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
3554 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
3555 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
3556 ptr = compl_leader;
3557 else
3558 ptr = compl_orig_text;
3559 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
3561 p = compl_orig_text;
3562 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
3563 ++temp)
3565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3566 if (temp > 0)
3567 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
3568 #endif
3569 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
3570 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
3572 if (ptr != NULL)
3573 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
3576 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3577 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
3578 #endif
3580 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
3581 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
3583 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3585 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3586 /* re-indent the current line */
3587 if (want_cindent)
3589 do_c_expr_indent();
3590 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
3592 #endif
3594 else
3596 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3598 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
3599 if (prev_col > 0)
3600 dec_cursor();
3601 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
3602 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
3603 if (prev_col > 0
3604 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
3605 inc_cursor();
3608 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
3610 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
3611 * the selection without inserting anything. When
3612 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
3613 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
3614 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
3615 && pum_visible())
3616 retval = TRUE;
3618 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
3619 if (c == Ctrl_E)
3621 ins_compl_delete();
3622 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3623 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3624 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
3625 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text
3626 + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3627 retval = TRUE;
3630 ins_compl_free();
3631 compl_started = FALSE;
3632 compl_matches = 0;
3633 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
3634 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3635 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3636 if (edit_submode != NULL)
3638 edit_submode = NULL;
3639 showmode();
3642 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3644 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
3646 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
3647 do_c_expr_indent();
3648 #endif
3652 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
3653 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
3654 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3656 compl_cont_status = 0;
3657 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3660 return retval;
3664 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
3665 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
3666 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
3667 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
3669 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
3671 static buf_T *
3672 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
3673 buf_T *buf;
3674 int flag;
3676 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3677 static win_T *wp;
3678 #endif
3680 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
3682 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3683 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
3684 wp = curwin;
3685 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
3686 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
3688 buf = wp->w_buffer;
3689 #else
3690 buf = curbuf;
3691 #endif
3693 else
3694 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
3695 * (unlisted buffers)
3696 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
3697 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
3698 && ((flag == 'U'
3699 ? buf->b_p_bl
3700 : (!buf->b_p_bl
3701 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
3702 || buf->b_scanned))
3704 return buf;
3707 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3708 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
3711 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
3712 * get matches in "matches".
3714 static void
3715 expand_by_function(type, base)
3716 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
3717 char_u *base;
3719 list_T *matchlist;
3720 char_u *args[2];
3721 char_u *funcname;
3722 pos_T pos;
3724 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
3725 if (*funcname == NUL)
3726 return;
3728 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
3729 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
3730 args[1] = base;
3732 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
3733 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
3734 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
3735 if (matchlist == NULL)
3736 return;
3738 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
3739 list_unref(matchlist);
3741 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
3743 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
3745 * Add completions from a list.
3747 static void
3748 ins_compl_add_list(list)
3749 list_T *list;
3751 listitem_T *li;
3752 int dir = compl_direction;
3754 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
3755 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
3757 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
3758 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3759 dir = FORWARD;
3760 else if (did_emsg)
3761 break;
3766 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
3767 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
3768 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
3769 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
3772 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
3773 typval_T *tv;
3774 int dir;
3776 char_u *word;
3777 int icase = FALSE;
3778 int adup = FALSE;
3779 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
3781 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
3783 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
3784 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3785 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
3786 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3787 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
3788 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3789 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
3790 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3791 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
3792 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
3793 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
3794 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
3795 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
3797 else
3799 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
3800 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
3802 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
3803 return FAIL;
3804 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
3806 #endif
3809 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
3810 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
3811 * compl_direction.
3812 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
3813 * where we stopped searching before.
3814 * This may return before finding all the matches.
3815 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
3817 static int
3818 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
3819 pos_T *ini;
3821 static pos_T first_match_pos;
3822 static pos_T last_match_pos;
3823 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
3824 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
3825 certain type. */
3826 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
3828 pos_T *pos;
3829 char_u **matches;
3830 int save_p_scs;
3831 int save_p_ws;
3832 int save_p_ic;
3833 int i;
3834 int num_matches;
3835 int len;
3836 int found_new_match;
3837 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
3838 char_u *ptr;
3839 char_u *dict = NULL;
3840 int dict_f = 0;
3841 compl_T *old_match;
3843 if (!compl_started)
3845 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
3846 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
3847 found_all = FALSE;
3848 ins_buf = curbuf;
3849 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
3850 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
3851 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
3854 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
3855 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
3856 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
3857 for (;;)
3859 found_new_match = FAIL;
3861 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
3862 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
3863 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
3864 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3865 && (!compl_started || found_all))
3867 found_all = FALSE;
3868 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
3869 e_cpt++;
3870 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
3872 ins_buf = curbuf;
3873 first_match_pos = *ini;
3874 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
3875 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
3876 dec(&first_match_pos);
3877 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
3878 type = 0;
3880 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
3881 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
3883 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
3884 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
3886 compl_started = TRUE;
3887 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
3888 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
3889 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
3890 type = 0;
3892 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
3894 found_all = TRUE;
3895 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
3896 continue;
3897 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3898 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
3899 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
3901 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
3902 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
3903 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
3904 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
3905 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
3906 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
3907 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3909 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
3910 break;
3911 else
3913 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3914 type = -1;
3915 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
3917 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
3918 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3919 else
3920 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3921 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
3923 dict = e_cpt;
3924 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
3927 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3928 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
3929 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3930 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
3931 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3932 #endif
3933 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
3935 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3936 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
3937 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3939 else
3940 type = -1;
3942 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
3943 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
3945 found_all = TRUE;
3946 if (type == -1)
3947 continue;
3951 switch (type)
3953 case -1:
3954 break;
3955 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3956 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
3957 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
3958 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
3959 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
3960 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
3961 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
3962 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
3963 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
3964 break;
3965 #endif
3967 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
3968 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
3969 ins_compl_dictionaries(
3970 dict != NULL ? dict
3971 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
3972 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
3973 ? p_tsr
3974 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
3975 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
3976 ? p_dict
3977 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
3978 compl_pattern,
3979 dict != NULL ? dict_f
3980 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
3981 dict = NULL;
3982 break;
3984 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
3985 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
3986 save_p_ic = p_ic;
3987 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
3989 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
3990 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
3991 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
3992 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
3993 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
3994 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
3996 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
3998 p_ic = save_p_ic;
3999 break;
4001 case CTRL_X_FILES:
4002 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4003 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
4006 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
4007 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
4008 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
4009 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
4010 TRUE
4011 #else
4012 FALSE
4013 #endif
4016 break;
4018 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
4019 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4020 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
4021 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
4022 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
4023 break;
4025 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4026 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
4027 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
4028 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
4029 break;
4030 #endif
4032 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
4033 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4034 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
4035 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
4036 if (num_matches > 0)
4037 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4038 #endif
4039 break;
4041 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
4043 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
4045 save_p_scs = p_scs;
4046 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
4047 p_scs = FALSE;
4049 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
4050 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
4051 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
4052 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
4053 save_p_ws = p_ws;
4054 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
4055 p_ws = FALSE;
4056 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
4057 p_ws = TRUE;
4058 for (;;)
4060 int flags = 0;
4062 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
4064 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
4065 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
4066 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
4067 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4068 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
4069 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
4070 else
4071 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
4072 compl_direction,
4073 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
4074 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
4075 --msg_silent;
4076 if (!compl_started)
4078 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
4079 compl_started = TRUE;
4080 first_match_pos = *pos;
4081 last_match_pos = *pos;
4083 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
4084 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
4085 found_new_match = FAIL;
4086 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
4088 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
4089 found_all = TRUE;
4090 break;
4093 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
4094 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
4095 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
4096 && ini->col == pos->col)
4097 continue;
4098 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
4099 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4101 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4103 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4104 continue;
4105 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4106 if (!p_paste)
4107 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4109 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
4111 else
4113 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
4115 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4117 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
4118 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
4119 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
4120 continue;
4121 /* Find start of next word. */
4122 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4124 /* Find end of this word. */
4125 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4126 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4128 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4129 && len == compl_length)
4131 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4133 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
4134 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
4135 * IOSIZE is always greater than
4136 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
4137 * works -- Acevedo */
4138 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
4139 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4140 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4141 /* Find start of next word. */
4142 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4143 /* Find end of next word. */
4144 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4145 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
4147 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
4149 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
4150 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4151 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
4152 if (p_js
4153 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
4154 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
4155 == NULL
4156 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
4157 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
4158 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4160 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
4161 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
4162 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
4163 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
4164 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4165 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
4167 IObuff[len] = NUL;
4168 ptr = IObuff;
4170 if (len == compl_length)
4171 continue;
4174 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
4175 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
4176 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
4178 found_new_match = OK;
4179 break;
4182 p_scs = save_p_scs;
4183 p_ws = save_p_ws;
4186 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
4187 * expansion added somenthing) */
4188 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
4189 found_new_match = OK;
4191 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
4192 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
4193 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4194 || found_new_match != FAIL)
4196 if (got_int)
4197 break;
4198 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
4199 if (type != -1)
4200 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
4202 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4203 || compl_interrupted)
4204 break;
4205 compl_started = TRUE;
4207 else
4209 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
4210 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
4211 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
4213 compl_started = FALSE;
4216 compl_started = TRUE;
4218 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4219 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
4220 found_new_match = FAIL;
4222 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
4223 if (found_new_match == FAIL
4224 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
4225 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
4227 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
4228 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
4229 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
4230 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
4231 : old_match->cp_prev;
4232 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
4233 compl_curr_match = old_match;
4234 return i;
4237 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
4238 static void
4239 ins_compl_delete()
4241 int i;
4244 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
4245 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
4247 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
4248 backspace_until_column(i);
4249 changed_cline_bef_curs();
4252 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
4253 static void
4254 ins_compl_insert()
4256 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
4257 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
4258 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4259 else
4260 compl_used_match = TRUE;
4264 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
4265 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
4266 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
4267 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
4268 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
4269 * through the ones found so far.
4270 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
4272 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
4273 * compl_shown_match here.
4275 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
4276 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
4277 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
4279 static int
4280 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
4281 int allow_get_expansion;
4282 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
4283 be at least 1 */
4284 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
4286 int num_matches = -1;
4287 int i;
4288 int todo = count;
4289 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
4290 int found_end = FALSE;
4291 int advance;
4293 if (compl_leader != NULL
4294 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
4296 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
4297 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
4298 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4299 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4300 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
4301 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
4302 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4304 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
4305 * backward, find the last match. */
4306 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4307 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4308 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4309 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
4310 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
4312 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4313 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4314 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
4315 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
4316 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4320 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
4321 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
4322 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
4323 ins_compl_delete();
4325 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
4326 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
4327 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
4329 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
4330 if (compl_restarting)
4332 advance = FALSE;
4333 compl_restarting = FALSE;
4336 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
4337 * around. */
4338 while (--todo >= 0)
4340 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4342 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4343 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
4344 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
4345 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
4347 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4348 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4350 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4351 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4352 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4354 else
4356 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4358 if (advance)
4360 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4361 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
4362 else
4363 compl_pending += todo + 1;
4365 return -1;
4368 if (advance)
4370 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4371 --compl_pending;
4372 else
4373 ++compl_pending;
4376 /* Find matches. */
4377 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
4379 /* handle any pending completions */
4380 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
4381 && advance)
4383 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4385 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4386 --compl_pending;
4388 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4390 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4391 ++compl_pending;
4393 else
4394 break;
4396 found_end = FALSE;
4398 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
4399 && compl_leader != NULL
4400 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4401 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
4402 ++todo;
4403 else
4404 /* Remember a matching item. */
4405 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
4407 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
4408 if (found_end)
4410 if (found_compl != NULL)
4412 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
4413 break;
4415 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
4419 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
4420 if (insert_match)
4422 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
4423 ins_compl_insert();
4424 else
4425 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
4427 else
4428 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4430 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4432 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
4433 ins_compl_upd_pum();
4435 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
4436 update_screen(0);
4438 /* display the updated popup menu */
4439 ins_compl_show_pum();
4440 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4441 if (gui.in_use)
4443 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
4444 setcursor();
4445 out_flush();
4446 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
4448 #endif
4450 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
4451 * don't want to match ourselves! */
4452 ins_compl_delete();
4455 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
4456 * menu is visible. */
4457 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
4460 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
4461 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
4463 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
4465 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
4466 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
4467 if (i <= 0)
4468 i = 0;
4469 else
4470 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
4471 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
4472 msg(IObuff);
4473 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
4476 return num_matches;
4480 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
4481 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
4482 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
4483 * possible. -- webb
4484 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
4486 void
4487 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
4488 int frequency;
4490 static int count = 0;
4492 int c;
4494 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
4495 * scripts */
4496 if (using_script())
4497 return;
4499 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
4500 if (++count < frequency)
4501 return;
4502 count = 0;
4504 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
4505 * can't do its work correctly. */
4506 c = vpeekc_any();
4507 if (c != NUL)
4509 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
4511 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
4512 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4513 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
4514 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
4516 else
4518 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
4519 * back with vungetc() below. */
4520 c = safe_vgetc();
4522 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
4523 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
4524 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
4525 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
4527 vungetc(c);
4530 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
4532 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
4534 compl_pending = 0;
4535 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
4540 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
4541 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
4543 static int
4544 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
4545 int c;
4547 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
4548 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
4549 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
4550 return BACKWARD;
4551 return FORWARD;
4555 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
4556 * is visible.
4558 static int
4559 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
4560 int c;
4562 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
4563 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
4564 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
4568 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
4569 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
4571 static int
4572 ins_compl_key2count(c)
4573 int c;
4575 int h;
4577 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
4579 h = pum_get_height();
4580 if (h > 3)
4581 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
4582 return h;
4584 return 1;
4588 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
4589 * to change the currently selected completion.
4591 static int
4592 ins_compl_use_match(c)
4593 int c;
4595 switch (c)
4597 case K_UP:
4598 case K_DOWN:
4599 case K_PAGEDOWN:
4600 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
4601 case K_S_DOWN:
4602 case K_PAGEUP:
4603 case K_KPAGEUP:
4604 case K_S_UP:
4605 return FALSE;
4607 return TRUE;
4611 * Do Insert mode completion.
4612 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
4613 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
4615 static int
4616 ins_complete(c)
4617 int c;
4619 char_u *line;
4620 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
4621 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
4622 int n;
4624 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4625 if (!compl_started)
4627 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
4629 did_ai = FALSE;
4630 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4631 did_si = FALSE;
4632 can_si = FALSE;
4633 can_si_back = FALSE;
4634 #endif
4635 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
4636 return FAIL;
4638 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4639 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4640 compl_pending = 0;
4642 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
4643 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
4644 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
4645 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
4646 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
4647 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
4648 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
4649 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
4650 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
4653 * it is a continued search
4655 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
4656 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
4657 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4659 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4661 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
4662 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
4663 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
4664 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
4665 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4666 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4667 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4668 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
4670 else
4672 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
4673 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
4674 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
4675 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
4677 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
4678 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
4679 line + compl_length
4680 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
4682 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
4684 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
4685 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
4686 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
4687 #define MIN_SPACE 75
4688 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
4690 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
4691 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
4692 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
4694 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4695 if (compl_length < 1)
4696 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4698 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4699 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4700 else
4701 compl_cont_status = 0;
4703 else
4704 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4706 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
4708 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
4709 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
4710 compl_cont_status = 0;
4711 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
4712 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4713 startcol = (int)curs_col;
4714 compl_col = 0;
4717 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
4718 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
4720 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
4721 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4723 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
4725 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
4727 compl_col += ++startcol;
4728 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
4730 if (p_ic)
4731 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
4732 compl_length, NULL, 0);
4733 else
4734 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
4735 compl_length);
4736 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4737 return FAIL;
4739 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4741 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
4743 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
4744 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
4745 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4746 compl_length) + 3);
4747 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4748 return FAIL;
4749 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
4750 || (compl_col > 0
4751 && (
4752 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4753 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
4754 #else
4755 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
4756 #endif
4758 prefix = (char_u *)"";
4759 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
4760 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
4761 line + compl_col, compl_length);
4763 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
4764 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4765 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
4766 #else
4767 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
4768 #endif
4771 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
4772 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
4773 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4774 return FAIL;
4775 compl_col += curs_col;
4776 compl_length = 0;
4778 else
4780 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4781 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
4782 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
4783 if (has_mbyte)
4785 int base_class;
4786 int head_off;
4788 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4789 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
4790 while (--startcol >= 0)
4792 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4793 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
4794 - head_off))
4795 break;
4796 startcol -= head_off;
4799 else
4800 #endif
4801 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
4803 compl_col += ++startcol;
4804 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4805 if (compl_length == 1)
4807 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
4808 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
4809 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
4811 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
4812 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4813 return FAIL;
4814 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4815 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
4816 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
4818 else
4820 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4821 compl_length) + 3);
4822 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4823 return FAIL;
4824 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4825 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
4826 compl_length);
4830 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4832 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4833 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
4834 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
4835 compl_length = 0;
4836 if (p_ic)
4837 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4838 NULL, 0);
4839 else
4840 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4841 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4842 return FAIL;
4844 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
4846 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
4848 compl_col += ++startcol;
4849 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4850 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4851 EXPAND_FILES);
4852 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4853 return FAIL;
4855 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
4857 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
4858 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4859 return FAIL;
4860 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4861 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
4862 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
4863 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
4864 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
4865 * "pattern not found" message. */
4866 compl_col = curs_col;
4867 else
4868 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
4869 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4871 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
4873 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4875 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
4876 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
4878 char_u *args[2];
4879 int col;
4880 char_u *funcname;
4881 pos_T pos;
4883 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
4884 * string */
4885 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4886 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
4887 if (*funcname == NUL)
4889 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4890 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
4891 return FAIL;
4894 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
4895 args[1] = NULL;
4896 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4897 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
4898 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
4900 if (col < 0)
4901 col = curs_col;
4902 compl_col = col;
4903 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
4904 compl_col = curs_col;
4906 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
4907 * it may have become invalid. */
4908 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4909 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4910 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4911 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4912 #endif
4913 return FAIL;
4915 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
4917 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4918 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
4919 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
4920 else
4921 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
4922 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
4924 compl_length = 0;
4925 compl_col = curs_col;
4927 else
4929 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
4930 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
4932 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
4933 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4934 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4935 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4936 #endif
4937 return FAIL;
4939 else
4941 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
4942 return FAIL;
4945 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4947 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
4948 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4950 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
4951 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4952 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
4954 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
4955 #endif
4956 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4957 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4958 ins_eol('\r');
4959 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4960 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
4961 #endif
4962 compl_length = 0;
4963 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4966 else
4968 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
4969 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4972 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
4973 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
4974 else
4975 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
4977 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
4978 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
4979 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4980 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
4981 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
4983 vim_free(compl_pattern);
4984 compl_pattern = NULL;
4985 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
4986 compl_orig_text = NULL;
4987 return FAIL;
4990 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
4991 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
4992 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
4994 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
4995 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
4996 showmode();
4997 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
4998 out_flush();
5001 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
5002 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
5005 * Find next match (and following matches).
5007 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
5009 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
5010 ins_compl_upd_pum();
5012 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
5013 compl_matches = n;
5014 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
5015 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
5017 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
5018 * mode. */
5019 if (got_int && !global_busy)
5021 (void)vgetc();
5022 got_int = FALSE;
5025 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
5026 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
5028 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5029 && compl_length > 1
5030 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
5031 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
5032 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
5033 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
5034 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
5035 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
5036 if ( compl_length > 1
5037 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5038 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
5039 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
5040 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
5041 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
5044 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
5045 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
5046 else
5047 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
5049 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
5051 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
5053 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
5054 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
5056 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5058 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
5059 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5061 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
5063 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
5064 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5066 else
5068 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
5069 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
5071 int number = 0;
5072 compl_T *match;
5074 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
5076 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
5077 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
5078 * cycle, so it's fast! */
5079 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
5080 && match != compl_first_match;
5081 match = match->cp_prev)
5082 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5084 number = match->cp_number;
5085 break;
5087 if (match != NULL)
5088 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
5089 * yet */
5090 for (match = match->cp_next;
5091 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
5092 match = match->cp_next)
5093 match->cp_number = ++number;
5095 else /* BACKWARD */
5097 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
5098 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
5099 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
5100 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
5101 && match != compl_first_match;
5102 match = match->cp_next)
5103 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5105 number = match->cp_number;
5106 break;
5108 if (match != NULL)
5109 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
5110 * assigned yet */
5111 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
5112 && match->cp_number == -1;
5113 match = match->cp_prev)
5114 match->cp_number = ++number;
5118 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
5119 * just a safety check. */
5120 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
5122 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
5123 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
5124 static char_u match_ref[81];
5126 if (compl_matches > 0)
5127 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5128 _("match %d of %d"),
5129 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
5130 else
5131 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5132 _("match %d"),
5133 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
5134 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
5135 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
5136 if (dollar_vcol)
5137 curs_columns(FALSE);
5142 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
5143 showmode();
5144 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
5146 if (!p_smd)
5147 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
5148 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
5149 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
5151 else
5152 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
5154 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
5155 if (!compl_interrupted)
5157 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
5158 n = RedrawingDisabled;
5159 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5160 ins_compl_show_pum();
5161 setcursor();
5162 RedrawingDisabled = n;
5164 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
5165 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
5167 return OK;
5171 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
5172 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
5173 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
5174 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
5176 static int
5177 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
5178 char_u *dest;
5179 char_u *src;
5180 int len;
5182 int m;
5184 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
5186 switch (*src)
5188 case '.':
5189 case '*':
5190 case '[':
5191 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5192 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5193 break;
5194 case '~':
5195 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
5196 break;
5197 case '\\':
5198 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5199 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5200 break;
5201 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
5202 case '$':
5203 m++;
5204 if (dest != NULL)
5205 *dest++ = '\\';
5206 break;
5208 if (dest != NULL)
5209 *dest++ = *src;
5210 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5211 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
5212 if (has_mbyte)
5214 int i, mb_len;
5216 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
5217 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
5218 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
5220 --len;
5221 ++src;
5222 if (dest != NULL)
5223 *dest++ = *src;
5226 # endif
5228 if (dest != NULL)
5229 *dest = NUL;
5231 return m;
5233 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
5236 * Next character is interpreted literally.
5237 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
5238 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
5239 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
5242 get_literal()
5244 int cc;
5245 int nc;
5246 int i;
5247 int hex = FALSE;
5248 int octal = FALSE;
5249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5250 int unicode = 0;
5251 #endif
5253 if (got_int)
5254 return Ctrl_C;
5256 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5258 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
5259 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
5260 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
5261 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
5263 if (gui.in_use)
5264 ++allow_keys;
5265 #endif
5266 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5267 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
5268 #endif
5269 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
5270 cc = 0;
5271 i = 0;
5272 for (;;)
5274 nc = plain_vgetc();
5275 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5276 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
5277 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5278 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
5279 # endif
5281 add_to_showcmd(nc);
5282 #endif
5283 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
5284 hex = TRUE;
5285 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
5286 octal = TRUE;
5287 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5288 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
5289 unicode = nc;
5290 #endif
5291 else
5293 if (hex
5294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5295 || unicode != 0
5296 #endif
5299 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
5300 break;
5301 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
5303 else if (octal)
5305 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
5306 break;
5307 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
5309 else
5311 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
5312 break;
5313 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
5316 ++i;
5319 if (cc > 255
5320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5321 && unicode == 0
5322 #endif
5324 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
5325 nc = 0;
5327 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
5329 if (i >= 2)
5330 break;
5332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5333 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
5335 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
5336 break;
5338 #endif
5339 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
5340 break;
5342 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
5344 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5346 cc = '\n';
5347 nc = 0;
5349 else
5351 cc = nc;
5352 nc = 0;
5356 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5357 cc = '\n';
5358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5359 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
5360 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
5361 second byte will cause trouble! */
5362 #endif
5364 --no_mapping;
5365 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5366 if (gui.in_use)
5367 --allow_keys;
5368 #endif
5369 if (nc)
5370 vungetc(nc);
5371 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
5372 return cc;
5376 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
5378 static void
5379 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
5380 int c;
5381 int allow_modmask;
5382 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
5384 char_u *p;
5385 int len;
5388 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
5389 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
5390 * mode.
5391 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
5392 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
5394 #ifdef MACOS
5395 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
5396 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
5397 allow_modmask = TRUE;
5398 #endif
5399 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
5401 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
5402 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5403 c = p[len - 1];
5404 if (len > 2)
5406 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5407 return;
5408 p[len - 1] = NUL;
5409 ins_str(p);
5410 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
5411 ctrlv = FALSE;
5414 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
5415 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
5419 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
5420 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
5421 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
5422 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
5423 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
5424 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
5425 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
5427 #ifdef EBCDIC
5428 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5429 #else
5430 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5431 #endif
5433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5434 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
5435 #else
5436 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
5437 #endif
5439 void
5440 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
5441 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
5442 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
5443 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
5445 int textwidth;
5446 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5447 char_u *p;
5448 #endif
5449 int fo_ins_blank;
5451 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
5452 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5455 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
5456 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
5457 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
5458 * ends in white space.
5459 * - Otherwise:
5460 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
5461 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
5462 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
5463 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
5464 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
5465 * before the insert.
5466 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
5467 * before 'textwidth'
5469 if (textwidth > 0
5470 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5471 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
5472 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5473 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5474 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5475 #endif
5476 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
5477 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5478 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
5479 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
5480 && (!fo_ins_blank
5481 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
5482 ))))))
5484 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
5485 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
5486 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5487 int do_internal = TRUE;
5489 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL)
5491 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
5492 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
5493 * was called. */
5494 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
5496 if (do_internal)
5497 #endif
5498 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
5501 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
5502 return;
5504 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5505 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
5506 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
5508 char_u *line;
5509 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
5510 int middle_len, end_len;
5511 int i;
5514 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
5515 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
5517 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
5518 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
5520 /* Skip middle-comment string */
5521 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
5522 ++p;
5523 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5524 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
5525 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
5526 --middle_len;
5528 /* Find the end-comment string */
5529 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
5530 ++p;
5531 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5533 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
5534 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5535 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
5537 i++;
5539 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
5540 i -= middle_len;
5542 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
5543 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
5545 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
5546 backspace_until_column(i);
5549 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
5550 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
5552 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
5556 end_comment_pending = NUL;
5557 #endif
5559 did_ai = FALSE;
5560 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5561 did_si = FALSE;
5562 can_si = FALSE;
5563 can_si_back = FALSE;
5564 #endif
5567 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
5568 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
5569 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
5570 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
5571 * 'paste' is set)..
5573 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5574 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5575 #endif
5577 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
5578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5579 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
5580 #endif
5581 && vpeekc() != NUL
5582 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5583 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5584 && !cindent_on()
5585 #endif
5586 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5587 && !p_ri
5588 #endif
5591 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
5592 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
5593 int i;
5594 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
5596 buf[0] = c;
5597 i = 1;
5598 if (textwidth > 0)
5599 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5601 * Stop the string when:
5602 * - no more chars available
5603 * - finding a special character (command key)
5604 * - buffer is full
5605 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
5606 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
5608 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
5609 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
5610 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5611 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
5612 #endif
5613 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
5614 && (textwidth == 0
5615 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5616 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
5618 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5619 c = vgetc();
5620 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
5621 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
5622 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
5623 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
5624 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
5625 # endif
5626 buf[i++] = c;
5627 #else
5628 buf[i++] = vgetc();
5629 #endif
5632 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
5633 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
5634 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
5635 #endif
5636 buf[i] = NUL;
5637 ins_str(buf);
5638 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5640 redo_literal(*buf);
5641 i = 1;
5643 else
5644 i = 0;
5645 if (buf[i] != NUL)
5646 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
5648 else
5650 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5651 int cc;
5653 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
5655 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
5657 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
5658 buf[cc] = NUL;
5659 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
5660 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5662 else
5663 #endif
5665 ins_char(c);
5666 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5667 redo_literal(c);
5668 else
5669 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5675 * Format text at the current insert position.
5677 static void
5678 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
5679 int textwidth;
5680 int second_indent;
5681 int flags;
5682 int format_only;
5684 int cc;
5685 int save_char = NUL;
5686 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
5687 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5688 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5689 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
5690 #endif
5691 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
5692 int first_line = TRUE;
5693 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5694 colnr_T leader_len;
5695 int no_leader = FALSE;
5696 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
5697 #endif
5700 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
5701 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
5703 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
5705 cc = gchar_cursor();
5706 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
5708 save_char = cc;
5709 pchar_cursor('x');
5714 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
5716 while (!got_int)
5718 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
5719 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
5720 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
5721 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
5722 colnr_T len;
5723 colnr_T virtcol;
5724 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5725 int orig_col = 0;
5726 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
5727 #endif
5728 colnr_T col;
5730 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5731 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5732 break;
5734 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5735 if (no_leader)
5736 do_comments = FALSE;
5737 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5738 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
5739 do_comments = TRUE;
5741 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5742 if (do_comments)
5743 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
5744 else
5745 leader_len = 0;
5747 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
5748 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
5749 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
5750 * to start with %. */
5751 if (leader_len == 0)
5752 no_leader = TRUE;
5753 #endif
5754 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5755 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5756 && leader_len == 0
5757 #endif
5758 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
5761 textwidth = 0;
5762 break;
5764 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
5765 break;
5767 /* find column of textwidth border */
5768 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
5769 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5771 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
5772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5773 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
5774 if (has_mbyte)
5775 mb_adjust_cursor();
5776 #endif
5777 foundcol = 0;
5780 * Find position to break at.
5781 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
5783 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
5784 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5785 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
5787 cc = gchar_cursor();
5788 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5790 /* remember position of blank just before text */
5791 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5793 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
5794 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5796 dec_cursor();
5797 cc = gchar_cursor();
5799 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5800 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
5801 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5802 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5803 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
5804 break;
5805 #endif
5806 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
5808 /* do not break after one-letter words */
5809 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5810 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
5812 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5813 dec_cursor();
5814 cc = gchar_cursor();
5816 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5817 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
5818 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5820 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5821 if (has_mbyte)
5822 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
5823 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
5824 else
5825 #endif
5826 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
5827 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
5828 break;
5830 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5831 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
5832 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
5834 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
5835 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5836 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
5837 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
5838 end_foundcol = foundcol;
5839 break;
5841 #endif
5842 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5843 break;
5844 dec_cursor();
5847 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
5849 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
5850 break;
5853 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
5854 undisplay_dollar();
5857 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
5858 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
5859 * over the text instead.
5861 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5862 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5863 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
5864 else
5865 #endif
5866 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
5869 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
5870 * characters that will remain on top line
5872 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5873 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
5874 inc_cursor();
5875 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
5876 if (startcol < 0)
5877 startcol = 0;
5879 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5880 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5883 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
5884 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
5886 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
5887 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
5888 if (saved_text == NULL)
5889 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
5890 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
5892 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
5893 if (!fo_white_par)
5894 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
5896 else
5897 #endif
5899 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
5900 if (!fo_white_par)
5901 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5905 * Split the line just before the margin.
5906 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
5908 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
5909 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
5910 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5911 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
5912 #endif
5913 , old_indent);
5914 old_indent = 0;
5916 replace_offset = 0;
5917 if (first_line)
5919 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
5920 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
5921 if (second_indent >= 0)
5923 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5924 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5925 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
5926 else
5927 #endif
5928 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
5930 first_line = FALSE;
5933 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5934 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5937 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
5938 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
5940 ins_bytes(saved_text);
5941 vim_free(saved_text);
5943 else
5944 #endif
5947 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
5948 * may have added or removed indent.
5950 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
5951 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
5952 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
5953 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
5956 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
5957 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5958 can_cindent = TRUE;
5959 #endif
5960 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
5961 did_ai = FALSE;
5962 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5963 did_si = FALSE;
5964 can_si = FALSE;
5965 can_si_back = FALSE;
5966 #endif
5967 line_breakcheck();
5970 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
5971 pchar_cursor(save_char);
5973 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
5975 update_topline();
5976 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
5981 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
5982 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
5983 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
5984 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
5985 * saved here.
5987 void
5988 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
5989 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
5990 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
5992 pos_T pos;
5993 colnr_T len;
5994 char_u *old;
5995 char_u *new, *pnew;
5996 int wasatend;
5997 int cc;
5999 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6000 return;
6002 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
6003 old = ml_get_curline();
6005 /* may remove added space */
6006 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6008 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
6009 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
6010 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
6011 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
6012 * next they are not joined back together. */
6013 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
6014 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
6016 dec_cursor();
6017 cc = gchar_cursor();
6018 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
6019 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
6020 dec_cursor();
6021 cc = gchar_cursor();
6022 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6024 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6025 return;
6027 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6030 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6031 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
6032 * comments. */
6033 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
6034 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
6035 return;
6036 #endif
6039 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
6040 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
6041 * the start of a paragraph.
6043 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6045 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6046 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
6047 return;
6051 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
6052 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
6054 saved_cursor = pos;
6055 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
6056 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
6057 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
6059 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6061 /* "cannot happen" */
6062 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6063 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
6065 else
6066 check_cursor_col();
6068 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
6069 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
6070 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
6071 * formatted. */
6072 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
6074 new = ml_get_curline();
6075 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
6076 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
6078 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
6079 pnew[len] = ' ';
6080 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
6081 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
6082 /* remove the space later */
6083 did_add_space = TRUE;
6085 else
6086 /* may remove added space */
6087 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6090 check_cursor();
6094 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
6095 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
6096 * position.
6098 static void
6099 check_auto_format(end_insert)
6100 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
6102 int c = ' ';
6103 int cc;
6105 if (did_add_space)
6107 cc = gchar_cursor();
6108 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
6109 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
6110 did_add_space = FALSE;
6111 else
6113 if (!end_insert)
6115 inc_cursor();
6116 c = gchar_cursor();
6117 dec_cursor();
6119 if (c != NUL)
6121 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
6122 del_char(FALSE);
6123 did_add_space = FALSE;
6130 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
6131 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
6132 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
6133 * if invalid value, use 0.
6134 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
6137 comp_textwidth(ff)
6138 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
6140 int textwidth;
6142 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
6143 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
6145 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
6146 * things that add to the margin. */
6147 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
6148 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
6149 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
6150 textwidth -= 1;
6151 #endif
6152 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6153 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
6154 #endif
6155 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6156 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
6157 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
6158 || usingNetbeans
6159 # endif
6161 textwidth -= 1;
6162 #endif
6163 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
6164 textwidth -= 8;
6166 if (textwidth < 0)
6167 textwidth = 0;
6168 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
6170 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
6171 if (textwidth > 79)
6172 textwidth = 79;
6174 return textwidth;
6178 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
6180 static void
6181 redo_literal(c)
6182 int c;
6184 char_u buf[10];
6186 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
6187 * three digits. */
6188 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
6190 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
6191 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
6193 else
6194 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6198 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
6199 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
6201 static void
6202 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
6203 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
6205 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
6207 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
6208 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
6209 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
6211 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6212 check_spell_redraw();
6213 #endif
6216 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6218 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
6219 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
6221 static void
6222 check_spell_redraw()
6224 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
6226 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
6228 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
6229 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
6234 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
6235 * spelled word, if there is one.
6237 static void
6238 spell_back_to_badword()
6240 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6242 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
6243 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
6244 start_arrow(&tpos);
6246 #endif
6249 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
6250 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
6251 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
6254 stop_arrow()
6256 if (arrow_used)
6258 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6260 arrow_used = FALSE;
6261 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6263 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
6264 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
6265 ai_col = 0;
6266 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6267 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6269 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6270 vr_lines_changed = 1;
6272 #endif
6273 ResetRedobuff();
6274 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
6275 new_insert_skip = 2;
6277 else if (ins_need_undo)
6279 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6280 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6283 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6284 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
6285 foldOpenCursor();
6286 #endif
6288 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
6292 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
6293 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
6294 * to another window/buffer.
6296 static void
6297 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
6298 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
6299 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
6301 int cc;
6302 char_u *ptr;
6304 stop_redo_ins();
6305 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
6308 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
6309 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
6310 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
6312 ptr = get_inserted();
6313 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
6314 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
6316 vim_free(last_insert);
6317 last_insert = ptr;
6318 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
6320 else
6321 vim_free(ptr);
6323 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
6325 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
6326 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
6327 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
6328 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
6329 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6331 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6333 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
6334 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
6335 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
6336 cc = 'x';
6337 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
6339 dec_cursor();
6340 cc = gchar_cursor();
6341 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6342 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6345 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
6347 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
6349 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
6350 inc_cursor();
6351 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6352 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
6353 * the "coladd". */
6354 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
6355 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
6356 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
6357 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
6358 #endif
6362 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
6363 check_auto_format(TRUE);
6365 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
6366 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
6367 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
6368 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
6369 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
6371 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6373 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
6374 for (;;)
6376 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
6377 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6378 cc = gchar_cursor();
6379 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6380 break;
6381 (void)del_char(TRUE);
6383 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
6384 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6385 else if (cc != NUL)
6386 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
6388 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6389 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
6390 * deleted characters. */
6391 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
6393 cc = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6394 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
6396 VIsual.col = cc;
6397 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6398 VIsual.coladd = 0;
6399 # endif
6402 #endif
6405 did_ai = FALSE;
6406 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6407 did_si = FALSE;
6408 can_si = FALSE;
6409 can_si_back = FALSE;
6410 #endif
6412 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
6413 * now in a different buffer. */
6414 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
6416 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
6417 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
6422 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
6423 * Used for the replace command.
6425 void
6426 set_last_insert(c)
6427 int c;
6429 char_u *s;
6431 vim_free(last_insert);
6432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6433 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
6434 #else
6435 last_insert = alloc(6);
6436 #endif
6437 if (last_insert != NULL)
6439 s = last_insert;
6440 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
6441 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
6442 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
6443 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
6444 *s++ = ESC;
6445 *s++ = NUL;
6446 last_insert_skip = 0;
6450 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6451 void
6452 free_last_insert()
6454 vim_free(last_insert);
6455 last_insert = NULL;
6456 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6457 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
6458 compl_orig_text = NULL;
6459 # endif
6461 #endif
6464 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
6465 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
6466 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
6468 char_u *
6469 add_char2buf(c, s)
6470 int c;
6471 char_u *s;
6473 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6474 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
6475 int i;
6476 int len;
6478 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
6479 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
6481 c = temp[i];
6482 #endif
6483 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
6484 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
6486 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
6487 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
6488 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
6490 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6491 else if (c == CSI)
6493 *s++ = CSI;
6494 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
6495 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
6497 #endif
6498 else
6499 *s++ = c;
6500 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6502 #endif
6503 return s;
6507 * move cursor to start of line
6508 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
6509 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
6510 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
6511 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
6513 void
6514 beginline(flags)
6515 int flags;
6517 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
6518 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6519 else
6521 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6522 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6523 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6524 #endif
6526 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
6528 char_u *ptr;
6530 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
6531 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
6532 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
6534 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6539 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
6541 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
6542 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
6543 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
6547 oneright()
6549 char_u *ptr;
6550 int l;
6552 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6553 if (virtual_active())
6555 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6557 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
6558 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6559 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6560 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6561 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6562 # else
6563 *ptr
6564 # endif
6566 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
6567 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6568 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
6569 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
6570 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
6572 #endif
6574 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6575 if (*ptr == NUL)
6576 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
6578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6579 if (has_mbyte)
6580 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6581 else
6582 #endif
6583 l = 1;
6585 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
6586 * contains "onemore". */
6587 if (ptr[l] == NUL
6588 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6589 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
6590 #endif
6592 return FAIL;
6593 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
6595 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6596 return OK;
6600 oneleft()
6602 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6603 if (virtual_active())
6605 int width;
6606 int v = getviscol();
6608 if (v == 0)
6609 return FAIL;
6611 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6612 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
6613 width = 1;
6614 for (;;)
6616 coladvance(v - width);
6617 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
6618 * there are no multi-byte characters */
6619 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
6620 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6621 && !has_mbyte
6622 # endif
6623 ) || getviscol() < v)
6624 break;
6625 ++width;
6627 # else
6628 coladvance(v - 1);
6629 # endif
6631 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
6633 char_u *ptr;
6635 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
6636 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6637 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6638 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6639 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6640 # else
6641 *ptr
6642 # endif
6643 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
6644 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6647 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6648 return OK;
6650 #endif
6652 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6653 return FAIL;
6655 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6656 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6659 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
6660 * character, move to its first byte */
6661 if (has_mbyte)
6662 mb_adjust_cursor();
6663 #endif
6664 return OK;
6668 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
6669 long n;
6670 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6672 linenr_T lnum;
6674 if (n > 0)
6676 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6677 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
6678 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6679 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6680 return FAIL;
6681 if (n >= lnum)
6682 lnum = 1;
6683 else
6684 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6685 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6688 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
6690 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
6691 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6693 while (n--)
6695 /* move up one line */
6696 --lnum;
6697 if (lnum <= 1)
6698 break;
6699 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
6700 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
6701 * in a moment. */
6702 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
6703 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6705 if (lnum < 1)
6706 lnum = 1;
6708 else
6709 #endif
6710 lnum -= n;
6711 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6714 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6715 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6717 if (upd_topline)
6718 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6720 return OK;
6724 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
6727 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
6728 long n;
6729 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6731 linenr_T lnum;
6733 if (n > 0)
6735 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6736 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6737 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
6738 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
6739 #endif
6740 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
6741 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6742 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6743 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6744 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6745 return FAIL;
6746 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6747 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6748 else
6749 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6750 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6752 linenr_T last;
6754 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
6755 while (n--)
6757 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
6758 lnum = last + 1;
6759 else
6760 ++lnum;
6761 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6762 break;
6764 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6765 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6767 else
6768 #endif
6769 lnum += n;
6770 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6773 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6774 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6776 if (upd_topline)
6777 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6779 return OK;
6783 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
6784 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
6785 * first have to remove the command.
6788 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
6789 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
6790 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
6791 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
6793 char_u *esc_ptr;
6794 char_u *ptr;
6795 char_u *last_ptr;
6796 char_u last = NUL;
6798 ptr = get_last_insert();
6799 if (ptr == NULL)
6801 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
6802 return FAIL;
6805 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
6806 if (c != NUL)
6807 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
6808 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
6809 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
6811 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
6812 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
6813 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
6815 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
6816 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
6817 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
6819 last = *last_ptr;
6820 *last_ptr = NUL;
6825 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
6826 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
6827 if (last)
6828 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
6829 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
6830 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
6832 while (--count > 0);
6834 if (last)
6835 *last_ptr = last;
6837 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
6838 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
6840 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
6841 if (!no_esc)
6842 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
6844 return OK;
6847 char_u *
6848 get_last_insert()
6850 if (last_insert == NULL)
6851 return NULL;
6852 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
6856 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
6857 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
6859 char_u *
6860 get_last_insert_save()
6862 char_u *s;
6863 int len;
6865 if (last_insert == NULL)
6866 return NULL;
6867 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
6868 if (s != NULL)
6870 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
6871 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
6872 s[len - 1] = NUL;
6874 return s;
6878 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
6879 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
6880 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
6881 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
6883 static int
6884 echeck_abbr(c)
6885 int c;
6887 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
6888 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
6889 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
6890 return FALSE;
6892 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
6893 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
6897 * replace-stack functions
6899 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
6900 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
6902 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
6903 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
6904 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
6906 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
6907 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
6908 * that were deleted (always white space).
6910 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
6911 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
6912 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
6915 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
6916 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
6917 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
6919 void
6920 replace_push(c)
6921 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
6923 char_u *p;
6925 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
6926 return;
6927 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
6929 replace_stack_len += 50;
6930 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
6931 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
6933 replace_stack_len -= 50;
6934 return;
6936 if (replace_stack != NULL)
6938 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
6939 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
6940 vim_free(replace_stack);
6942 replace_stack = p;
6944 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
6945 if (replace_offset)
6946 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
6947 *p = c;
6948 ++replace_stack_nr;
6951 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
6953 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
6954 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
6955 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
6958 replace_push_mb(p)
6959 char_u *p;
6961 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
6962 int j;
6964 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
6965 replace_push(p[j]);
6966 return l;
6968 #endif
6970 #if 0
6972 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
6974 static void
6975 replace_push_off(c)
6976 int c;
6978 char_u *p;
6980 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
6981 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
6982 ++replace_offset)
6983 if (*--p == NUL)
6984 break;
6985 replace_push(c);
6986 replace_offset = 0;
6988 #endif
6991 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
6992 * return -1 if stack empty
6993 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
6995 static int
6996 replace_pop()
6998 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
6999 return -1;
7000 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
7004 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
7005 * encountered.
7007 static void
7008 replace_join(off)
7009 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
7011 int i;
7013 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
7014 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
7016 --replace_stack_nr;
7017 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
7018 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
7019 return;
7024 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
7025 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
7027 static void
7028 replace_pop_ins()
7030 int cc;
7031 int oldState = State;
7033 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
7034 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
7036 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7037 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
7038 #else
7039 ins_char(cc);
7040 #endif
7041 dec_cursor();
7043 State = oldState;
7046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7048 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
7049 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
7051 static void
7052 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
7053 int cc;
7055 int n;
7056 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
7057 int i;
7058 int c;
7060 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
7062 buf[0] = cc;
7063 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7064 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7065 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7067 else
7068 ins_char(cc);
7070 if (enc_utf8)
7071 /* Handle composing chars. */
7072 for (;;)
7074 c = replace_pop();
7075 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
7076 break;
7077 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
7079 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
7080 replace_push(c);
7081 break;
7083 else
7085 buf[0] = c;
7086 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7087 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7088 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
7089 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7090 else
7092 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
7093 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
7094 replace_push(buf[i]);
7095 break;
7100 #endif
7103 * make the replace stack empty
7104 * (called when exiting replace mode)
7106 static void
7107 replace_flush()
7109 vim_free(replace_stack);
7110 replace_stack = NULL;
7111 replace_stack_len = 0;
7112 replace_stack_nr = 0;
7116 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
7117 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
7118 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
7119 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
7120 * and check for more characters to be put back
7122 static void
7123 replace_do_bs()
7125 int cc;
7126 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7127 int orig_len = 0;
7128 int ins_len;
7129 int orig_vcols = 0;
7130 colnr_T start_vcol;
7131 char_u *p;
7132 int i;
7133 int vcol;
7134 #endif
7136 cc = replace_pop();
7137 if (cc > 0)
7139 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7140 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7142 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
7143 * going to delete. */
7144 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
7145 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
7147 #endif
7148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7149 if (has_mbyte)
7151 del_char(FALSE);
7152 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7153 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7154 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7155 # endif
7156 replace_push(cc);
7158 else
7159 #endif
7161 pchar_cursor(cc);
7162 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7163 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7164 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
7165 #endif
7167 replace_pop_ins();
7169 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7170 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7172 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
7173 p = ml_get_cursor();
7174 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
7175 vcol = start_vcol;
7176 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
7178 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
7179 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7180 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
7181 #endif
7183 vcol -= start_vcol;
7185 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
7186 * text aligned. */
7187 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
7188 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
7190 del_char(FALSE);
7191 ++orig_vcols;
7193 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
7195 #endif
7197 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
7198 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
7200 else if (cc == 0)
7201 (void)del_char(FALSE);
7204 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7206 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
7208 static int
7209 cindent_on()
7211 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
7212 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7213 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
7214 # endif
7217 #endif
7219 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
7221 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
7222 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
7223 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
7224 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
7227 void
7228 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
7229 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
7231 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE);
7232 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7233 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
7236 void
7237 fix_indent()
7239 if (p_paste)
7240 return;
7241 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
7242 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
7243 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
7244 # endif
7245 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
7246 else
7247 # endif
7248 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7249 if (cindent_on())
7250 do_c_expr_indent();
7251 # endif
7254 #endif
7256 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7258 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
7259 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
7260 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
7261 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
7263 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
7264 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
7265 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
7266 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
7268 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
7271 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
7272 int keytyped;
7273 int when;
7274 int line_is_empty;
7276 char_u *look;
7277 int try_match;
7278 int try_match_word;
7279 char_u *p;
7280 char_u *line;
7281 int icase;
7282 int i;
7284 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7285 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
7286 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
7287 else
7288 #endif
7289 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
7290 while (*look)
7293 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
7294 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
7296 switch (when)
7298 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
7299 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
7300 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
7302 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
7303 ++look;
7306 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
7307 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
7309 if (*look == '0')
7311 try_match_word = try_match;
7312 if (!line_is_empty)
7313 try_match = FALSE;
7314 ++look;
7316 else
7317 try_match_word = FALSE;
7320 * does it look like a control character?
7322 if (*look == '^'
7323 #ifdef EBCDIC
7324 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
7325 #else
7326 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
7327 #endif
7330 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
7331 return TRUE;
7332 look += 2;
7335 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
7336 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
7338 else if (*look == 'o')
7340 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
7341 return TRUE;
7342 ++look;
7344 else if (*look == 'O')
7346 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
7347 return TRUE;
7348 ++look;
7352 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
7353 * cursor.
7355 else if (*look == 'e')
7357 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
7359 p = ml_get_curline();
7360 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
7361 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
7362 return TRUE;
7364 ++look;
7368 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
7369 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
7370 * class::method for C++).
7372 else if (*look == ':')
7374 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
7376 p = ml_get_curline();
7377 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
7378 return TRUE;
7379 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
7380 p = ml_get_curline();
7381 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
7382 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
7383 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
7385 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
7386 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
7387 || cin_islabel(30));
7388 p = ml_get_curline();
7389 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
7390 if (i)
7391 return TRUE;
7394 ++look;
7399 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
7401 else if (*look == '<')
7403 if (try_match)
7406 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
7407 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
7408 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
7410 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
7411 && keytyped == look[1])
7412 return TRUE;
7414 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
7415 return TRUE;
7417 while (*look && *look != '>')
7418 look++;
7419 while (*look == '>')
7420 look++;
7424 * Is it a word: "=word"?
7426 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
7428 ++look;
7429 if (*look == '~')
7431 icase = TRUE;
7432 ++look;
7434 else
7435 icase = FALSE;
7436 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
7437 if (p == NULL)
7438 p = look + STRLEN(look);
7439 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
7440 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
7442 int match = FALSE;
7444 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7445 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
7447 char_u *s;
7449 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
7450 * search back for the start of a word. */
7451 line = ml_get_curline();
7452 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7453 if (has_mbyte)
7455 char_u *n;
7457 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
7459 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
7460 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
7461 break;
7464 else
7465 # endif
7466 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
7467 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
7468 break;
7469 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
7470 && (icase
7471 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
7472 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
7473 match = TRUE;
7475 else
7476 #endif
7477 /* TODO: multi-byte */
7478 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
7479 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
7481 line = ml_get_cursor();
7482 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
7483 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
7484 && (icase
7485 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
7486 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
7487 == 0)
7488 match = TRUE;
7490 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
7492 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
7493 * word. */
7494 line = ml_get_curline();
7495 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
7496 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
7497 match = FALSE;
7499 if (match)
7500 return TRUE;
7502 look = p;
7506 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
7508 else
7510 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
7511 return TRUE;
7512 ++look;
7516 * Skip over ", ".
7518 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
7520 return FALSE;
7522 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7524 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
7526 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
7529 hkmap(c)
7530 int c;
7532 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
7534 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
7535 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
7536 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
7537 static char_u map[26] =
7538 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
7539 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
7540 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
7541 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
7542 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
7543 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
7544 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
7545 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
7546 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
7548 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
7549 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
7550 /* '-1'='sofit' */
7551 else if (c == 'x')
7552 return 'X';
7553 else if (c == 'q')
7554 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
7555 else if (c == 246)
7556 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
7557 else if (c == 228)
7558 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
7559 else if (c == 252)
7560 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
7561 #ifdef EBCDIC
7562 else if (islower(c))
7563 #else
7564 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
7565 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
7566 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
7567 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
7569 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
7570 #endif
7571 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
7572 else
7573 return c;
7575 else
7577 switch (c)
7579 case '`': return ';';
7580 case '/': return '.';
7581 case '\'': return ',';
7582 case 'q': return '/';
7583 case 'w': return '\'';
7585 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
7586 case ',': c = '{'; break;
7587 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
7588 case ';': c = 't'; break;
7589 default: {
7590 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
7592 #ifdef EBCDIC
7593 /* see note about islower() above */
7594 if (!islower(c))
7595 #else
7596 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
7597 #endif
7598 return c;
7599 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
7600 break;
7604 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
7607 #endif
7609 static void
7610 ins_reg()
7612 int need_redraw = FALSE;
7613 int regname;
7614 int literally = 0;
7615 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7616 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
7617 #endif
7620 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
7622 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
7623 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
7625 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
7626 ins_redraw(FALSE);
7628 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
7629 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7630 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
7631 #endif
7634 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
7635 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
7636 #endif
7639 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
7640 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7642 ++no_mapping;
7643 regname = plain_vgetc();
7644 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
7645 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7646 #endif
7647 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
7649 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
7650 literally = regname;
7651 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7652 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
7653 #endif
7654 regname = plain_vgetc();
7655 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
7656 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7657 #endif
7659 --no_mapping;
7661 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7663 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
7664 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
7666 ++no_u_sync;
7667 if (regname == '=')
7669 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7670 int im_on = im_get_status();
7671 # endif
7672 regname = get_expr_register();
7673 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7674 /* Restore the Input Method. */
7675 if (im_on)
7676 im_set_active(TRUE);
7677 # endif
7679 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
7681 vim_beep();
7682 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7684 else
7686 #endif
7687 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
7689 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
7690 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
7691 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
7692 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
7694 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
7695 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
7697 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
7699 vim_beep();
7700 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7702 else if (stop_insert_mode)
7703 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
7704 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
7705 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
7706 need_redraw = TRUE;
7708 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7710 --no_u_sync;
7711 #endif
7712 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7713 clear_showcmd();
7714 #endif
7716 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
7717 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
7718 edit_unputchar();
7720 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7721 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
7722 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
7723 end_visual_mode();
7724 #endif
7728 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
7730 static void
7731 ins_ctrl_g()
7733 int c;
7735 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7736 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
7737 setcursor();
7738 #endif
7741 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
7742 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7744 ++no_mapping;
7745 c = plain_vgetc();
7746 --no_mapping;
7747 switch (c)
7749 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
7750 case K_UP:
7751 case Ctrl_K:
7752 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
7753 break;
7755 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
7756 case K_DOWN:
7757 case Ctrl_J:
7758 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
7759 break;
7761 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
7762 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
7763 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
7765 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
7766 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
7767 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
7768 break;
7770 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
7771 default: vim_beep();
7776 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
7778 static void
7779 ins_ctrl_hat()
7781 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
7783 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
7784 if (State & LANGMAP)
7786 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7787 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7789 else
7791 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
7792 State |= LANGMAP;
7793 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7794 im_set_active(FALSE);
7795 #endif
7798 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7799 else
7801 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
7802 if (im_get_status())
7804 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7805 im_set_active(FALSE);
7807 else
7809 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
7810 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7811 im_set_active(TRUE);
7814 #endif
7815 set_iminsert_global();
7816 showmode();
7817 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7818 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
7819 if (gui.in_use)
7820 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
7821 #endif
7822 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
7823 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
7824 status_redraw_curbuf();
7825 #endif
7829 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
7830 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
7831 * insert.
7833 static int
7834 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
7835 long *count;
7836 int cmdchar;
7837 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
7839 int temp;
7840 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7842 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
7843 check_spell_redraw();
7844 #endif
7845 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
7846 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
7847 hangul_input_state_set(0);
7848 # endif
7849 if (composing_hangul)
7851 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
7852 composing_hangul = 0;
7854 #endif
7856 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7857 if (disabled_redraw)
7859 --RedrawingDisabled;
7860 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7862 if (!arrow_used)
7865 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
7866 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
7867 * when "count" is non-zero.
7869 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
7870 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
7873 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
7874 * interrupt now and then.
7876 if (*count > 0)
7878 line_breakcheck();
7879 if (got_int)
7880 *count = 0;
7883 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
7885 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
7886 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
7887 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
7889 (void)start_redo_ins();
7890 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
7891 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
7892 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7893 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
7894 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
7896 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
7897 undisplay_dollar();
7900 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
7901 * indent */
7902 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
7903 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7905 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
7906 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
7907 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
7910 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
7911 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
7913 if (!nomove
7914 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
7915 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7916 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
7917 #endif
7919 && (restart_edit == NUL
7920 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
7921 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7922 && !VIsual_active
7923 #endif
7925 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7926 && !revins_on
7927 #endif
7930 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7931 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
7933 oneleft();
7934 if (restart_edit != NUL)
7935 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
7937 else
7938 #endif
7940 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
7941 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7942 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
7943 if (has_mbyte)
7944 mb_adjust_cursor();
7945 #endif
7949 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7950 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
7951 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
7952 * well). */
7953 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
7954 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
7955 im_set_active(FALSE);
7956 #endif
7958 State = NORMAL;
7959 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
7960 changed_cline_bef_curs();
7962 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
7963 setmouse();
7964 #endif
7965 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
7966 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
7967 #endif
7970 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
7971 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
7973 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
7974 showmode();
7975 else if (p_smd)
7976 MSG("");
7978 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
7981 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7983 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
7984 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
7986 static void
7987 ins_ctrl_()
7989 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
7991 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
7992 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
7994 p_ri = !p_ri;
7995 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
7996 if (revins_on)
7998 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7999 revins_legal++;
8000 revins_chars = 0;
8001 undisplay_dollar();
8003 else
8004 revins_scol = -1;
8005 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8006 if (p_altkeymap)
8009 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
8010 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
8011 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
8013 arrow_used = TRUE;
8014 (void)stop_arrow();
8015 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
8016 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8017 State = INSERT;
8019 else
8020 #endif
8021 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
8022 showmode();
8024 #endif
8026 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8028 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
8029 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
8031 static int
8032 ins_start_select(c)
8033 int c;
8035 if (km_startsel)
8036 switch (c)
8038 case K_KHOME:
8039 case K_KEND:
8040 case K_PAGEUP:
8041 case K_KPAGEUP:
8042 case K_PAGEDOWN:
8043 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
8044 # ifdef MACOS
8045 case K_LEFT:
8046 case K_RIGHT:
8047 case K_UP:
8048 case K_DOWN:
8049 case K_END:
8050 case K_HOME:
8051 # endif
8052 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
8053 break;
8054 /* FALLTHROUGH */
8055 case K_S_LEFT:
8056 case K_S_RIGHT:
8057 case K_S_UP:
8058 case K_S_DOWN:
8059 case K_S_END:
8060 case K_S_HOME:
8061 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
8062 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
8063 start_selection();
8065 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
8066 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
8067 if (mod_mask)
8069 char_u buf[4];
8071 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
8072 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
8073 buf[2] = mod_mask;
8074 buf[3] = NUL;
8075 stuffReadbuff(buf);
8077 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
8078 return TRUE;
8080 return FALSE;
8082 #endif
8085 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
8087 static void
8088 ins_insert(replaceState)
8089 int replaceState;
8091 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8092 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8094 beep_flush();
8095 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
8096 return;
8098 #endif
8100 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
8101 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8102 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
8103 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
8104 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8105 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
8106 # endif
8107 "r"), 1);
8108 # endif
8109 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
8110 #endif
8111 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8112 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
8113 else
8114 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
8115 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
8116 showmode();
8117 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8118 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
8119 #endif
8123 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
8125 static void
8126 ins_ctrl_o()
8128 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8129 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8130 restart_edit = 'V';
8131 else
8132 #endif
8133 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8134 restart_edit = 'R';
8135 else
8136 restart_edit = 'I';
8137 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8138 if (virtual_active())
8139 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
8140 else
8141 #endif
8142 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
8146 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
8147 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
8148 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
8149 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
8150 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
8152 static void
8153 ins_shift(c, lastc)
8154 int c;
8155 int lastc;
8157 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8158 return;
8159 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8162 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
8164 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
8165 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8167 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8168 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
8169 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
8170 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8171 replace_pop_ins();
8172 if (lastc == '^')
8173 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
8174 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8176 else
8177 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8179 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
8180 did_ai = FALSE;
8181 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8182 did_si = FALSE;
8183 can_si = FALSE;
8184 can_si_back = FALSE;
8185 #endif
8186 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8187 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
8188 #endif
8191 static void
8192 ins_del()
8194 int temp;
8196 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8197 return;
8198 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
8200 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8201 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
8202 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
8203 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
8204 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
8205 vim_beep();
8206 else
8207 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8209 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
8210 vim_beep();
8211 did_ai = FALSE;
8212 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8213 did_si = FALSE;
8214 can_si = FALSE;
8215 can_si_back = FALSE;
8216 #endif
8217 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
8220 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp));
8223 * Delete one character for ins_bs().
8225 static void
8226 ins_bs_one(vcolp)
8227 colnr_T *vcolp;
8229 dec_cursor();
8230 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
8231 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8233 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
8234 * Replace mode */
8235 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8236 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
8237 replace_do_bs();
8239 else
8240 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8244 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
8245 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
8247 static int
8248 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
8249 int c;
8250 int mode;
8251 int *inserted_space_p;
8253 linenr_T lnum;
8254 int cc;
8255 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
8256 colnr_T mincol;
8257 int did_backspace = FALSE;
8258 int in_indent;
8259 int oldState;
8260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8261 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
8262 #endif
8265 * can't delete anything in an empty file
8266 * can't backup past first character in buffer
8267 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
8268 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
8270 if ( bufempty()
8271 || (
8272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8273 !revins_on &&
8274 #endif
8275 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8276 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
8277 && (arrow_used
8278 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8279 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
8280 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
8281 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
8282 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
8284 vim_beep();
8285 return FALSE;
8288 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8289 return FALSE;
8290 in_indent = inindent(0);
8291 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8292 if (in_indent)
8293 can_cindent = FALSE;
8294 #endif
8295 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
8296 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
8297 #endif
8298 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8299 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
8300 inc_cursor();
8301 #endif
8303 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8304 /* Virtualedit:
8305 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
8306 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
8307 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
8309 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
8311 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8313 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8314 return TRUE;
8316 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
8318 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8319 return TRUE;
8321 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8323 #endif
8326 * delete newline!
8328 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8330 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
8331 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8332 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8333 || revins_on
8334 #endif
8337 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
8338 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
8339 return FALSE;
8340 --Insstart.lnum;
8341 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
8344 * In replace mode:
8345 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
8346 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
8348 cc = -1;
8349 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8350 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
8352 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
8353 * cursor.
8355 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
8357 dec_cursor();
8359 else
8361 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8362 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8363 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
8364 #endif
8366 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
8367 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8369 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
8370 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
8371 * again when auto-formatting. */
8372 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
8373 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
8375 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
8376 TRUE);
8377 int len;
8379 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
8380 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
8381 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
8384 (void)do_join(FALSE);
8385 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8386 inc_cursor();
8388 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8389 else
8390 dec_cursor();
8391 #endif
8394 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
8395 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
8396 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
8397 * characters that NL replaced.
8399 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8402 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
8403 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
8404 * avoiding showmatch().
8406 oldState = State;
8407 State = NORMAL;
8409 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
8411 while (cc > 0)
8413 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8414 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8415 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
8416 #else
8417 ins_char(cc);
8418 #endif
8419 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8420 cc = replace_pop();
8422 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
8423 replace_pop_ins();
8424 State = oldState;
8427 did_ai = FALSE;
8429 else
8432 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
8434 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8435 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
8436 dec_cursor();
8437 #endif
8438 mincol = 0;
8439 /* keep indent */
8440 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
8441 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
8442 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8443 || cindent_on()
8444 #endif
8446 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8447 && !revins_on
8448 #endif
8451 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8452 beginline(BL_WHITE);
8453 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
8454 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8455 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8459 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
8461 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
8462 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
8463 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
8464 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
8465 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
8466 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
8467 && (!*inserted_space_p
8468 || arrow_used))))))
8470 int ts;
8471 colnr_T vcol;
8472 colnr_T want_vcol;
8473 colnr_T start_vcol;
8475 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
8476 if (p_sta && in_indent)
8477 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
8478 else
8479 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
8480 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
8481 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
8482 * the previous character. */
8483 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8484 start_vcol = vcol;
8485 dec_cursor();
8486 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
8487 inc_cursor();
8488 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
8490 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
8491 while (vcol > want_vcol
8492 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
8493 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
8495 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
8496 while (vcol < want_vcol)
8498 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
8499 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8500 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8501 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8503 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8504 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8505 ins_char(' ');
8506 else
8507 #endif
8509 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
8510 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
8511 replace_push(NUL);
8513 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8516 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
8517 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
8518 if (vcol >= start_vcol)
8519 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
8523 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
8525 else do
8527 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8528 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
8529 #endif
8530 dec_cursor();
8532 /* start of word? */
8533 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
8535 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
8536 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
8538 /* end of word? */
8539 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
8540 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
8541 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
8543 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8544 if (!revins_on)
8545 #endif
8546 inc_cursor();
8547 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8548 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8549 dec_cursor();
8550 #endif
8551 break;
8553 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8554 replace_do_bs();
8555 else
8557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8558 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
8559 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
8560 #endif
8561 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8564 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
8565 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
8566 * character.
8568 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
8569 inc_cursor();
8570 #endif
8571 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8572 if (revins_chars)
8574 revins_chars--;
8575 revins_legal++;
8577 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
8578 break;
8579 #endif
8581 /* Just a single backspace?: */
8582 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8583 break;
8584 } while (
8585 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8586 revins_on ||
8587 #endif
8588 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
8589 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8590 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
8591 did_backspace = TRUE;
8593 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8594 did_si = FALSE;
8595 can_si = FALSE;
8596 can_si_back = FALSE;
8597 #endif
8598 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
8599 did_ai = FALSE;
8601 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
8602 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
8603 * with.
8605 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8607 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
8608 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8609 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8610 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8612 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
8613 * was there remains visible
8614 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
8615 * was there is erased from the screen.
8616 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
8617 * displayed even when there isn't.
8618 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
8619 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
8620 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
8622 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8623 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
8624 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
8625 * char before a Tab. */
8626 if (did_backspace)
8627 foldOpenCursor();
8628 #endif
8630 return did_backspace;
8633 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8634 static void
8635 ins_mouse(c)
8636 int c;
8638 pos_T tpos;
8639 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8641 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8642 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
8643 if (!gui.in_use)
8644 # endif
8645 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
8646 return;
8648 undisplay_dollar();
8649 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8650 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
8652 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8653 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
8655 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
8657 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
8658 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
8659 curwin = old_curwin;
8660 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8662 #endif
8663 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
8664 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8665 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
8667 curwin = new_curwin;
8668 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8670 #endif
8671 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8672 can_cindent = TRUE;
8673 # endif
8676 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8677 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
8678 redraw_statuslines();
8679 #endif
8682 static void
8683 ins_mousescroll(up)
8684 int up;
8686 pos_T tpos;
8687 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8688 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8689 # endif
8690 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8691 int did_scroll = FALSE;
8692 # endif
8694 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8696 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8697 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
8698 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
8700 int row, col;
8702 row = mouse_row;
8703 col = mouse_col;
8705 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
8706 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
8707 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8709 if (curwin == old_curwin)
8710 # endif
8711 undisplay_dollar();
8713 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8714 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
8715 if (!pum_visible()
8716 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8717 || curwin != old_curwin
8718 # endif
8720 # endif
8722 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
8723 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
8724 else
8725 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
8726 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8727 did_scroll = TRUE;
8728 # endif
8731 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8732 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8734 curwin = old_curwin;
8735 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8736 # endif
8738 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8739 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
8740 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
8741 * overlapped by the popup menu. */
8742 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
8744 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
8745 ins_compl_show_pum();
8747 # endif
8749 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
8751 start_arrow(&tpos);
8752 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8753 can_cindent = TRUE;
8754 # endif
8757 #endif
8759 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
8760 static void
8761 ins_tabline(c)
8762 int c;
8764 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
8765 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
8766 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
8768 undisplay_dollar();
8769 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8770 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8771 can_cindent = TRUE;
8772 # endif
8775 if (c == K_TABLINE)
8776 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
8777 else
8779 handle_tabmenu();
8780 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
8783 #endif
8785 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
8786 void
8787 ins_scroll()
8789 pos_T tpos;
8791 undisplay_dollar();
8792 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8793 if (gui_do_scroll())
8795 start_arrow(&tpos);
8796 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8797 can_cindent = TRUE;
8798 # endif
8802 void
8803 ins_horscroll()
8805 pos_T tpos;
8807 undisplay_dollar();
8808 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8809 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
8811 start_arrow(&tpos);
8812 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8813 can_cindent = TRUE;
8814 # endif
8817 #endif
8819 static void
8820 ins_left()
8822 pos_T tpos;
8824 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8825 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8826 foldOpenCursor();
8827 #endif
8828 undisplay_dollar();
8829 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8830 if (oneleft() == OK)
8832 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
8833 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
8834 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
8835 if (!im_is_preediting())
8836 #endif
8837 start_arrow(&tpos);
8838 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8839 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
8840 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
8841 revins_legal++;
8842 revins_chars++;
8843 #endif
8847 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
8848 * previous line
8850 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8852 start_arrow(&tpos);
8853 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
8854 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
8855 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
8857 else
8858 vim_beep();
8861 static void
8862 ins_home(c)
8863 int c;
8865 pos_T tpos;
8867 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8868 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8869 foldOpenCursor();
8870 #endif
8871 undisplay_dollar();
8872 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8873 if (c == K_C_HOME)
8874 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
8875 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8876 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8877 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8878 #endif
8879 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
8880 start_arrow(&tpos);
8883 static void
8884 ins_end(c)
8885 int c;
8887 pos_T tpos;
8889 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8890 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8891 foldOpenCursor();
8892 #endif
8893 undisplay_dollar();
8894 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8895 if (c == K_C_END)
8896 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
8897 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
8898 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
8900 start_arrow(&tpos);
8903 static void
8904 ins_s_left()
8906 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8907 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8908 foldOpenCursor();
8909 #endif
8910 undisplay_dollar();
8911 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8913 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8914 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
8915 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8917 else
8918 vim_beep();
8921 static void
8922 ins_right()
8924 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8925 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8926 foldOpenCursor();
8927 #endif
8928 undisplay_dollar();
8929 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
8932 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8933 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8934 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8935 if (virtual_active())
8936 oneright();
8937 else
8938 #endif
8940 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8941 if (has_mbyte)
8942 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
8943 else
8944 #endif
8945 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
8948 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8949 revins_legal++;
8950 if (revins_chars)
8951 revins_chars--;
8952 #endif
8954 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
8955 * cursor to the next line */
8956 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
8957 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
8959 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8960 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8961 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8962 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8964 else
8965 vim_beep();
8968 static void
8969 ins_s_right()
8971 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8972 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8973 foldOpenCursor();
8974 #endif
8975 undisplay_dollar();
8976 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
8977 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8979 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8980 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
8981 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8983 else
8984 vim_beep();
8987 static void
8988 ins_up(startcol)
8989 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
8991 pos_T tpos;
8992 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
8993 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
8994 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
8995 #endif
8997 undisplay_dollar();
8998 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8999 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9001 if (startcol)
9002 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9003 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9004 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9005 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9006 #endif
9008 redraw_later(VALID);
9009 start_arrow(&tpos);
9010 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9011 can_cindent = TRUE;
9012 #endif
9014 else
9015 vim_beep();
9018 static void
9019 ins_pageup()
9021 pos_T tpos;
9023 undisplay_dollar();
9025 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9026 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9028 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
9029 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9031 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9032 goto_tabpage(-1);
9034 return;
9036 #endif
9038 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9039 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
9041 start_arrow(&tpos);
9042 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9043 can_cindent = TRUE;
9044 #endif
9046 else
9047 vim_beep();
9050 static void
9051 ins_down(startcol)
9052 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9054 pos_T tpos;
9055 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9056 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9057 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9058 #endif
9060 undisplay_dollar();
9061 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9062 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9064 if (startcol)
9065 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9066 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9067 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9068 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9069 #endif
9071 redraw_later(VALID);
9072 start_arrow(&tpos);
9073 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9074 can_cindent = TRUE;
9075 #endif
9077 else
9078 vim_beep();
9081 static void
9082 ins_pagedown()
9084 pos_T tpos;
9086 undisplay_dollar();
9088 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9089 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9091 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
9092 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9094 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9095 goto_tabpage(0);
9097 return;
9099 #endif
9101 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9102 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
9104 start_arrow(&tpos);
9105 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9106 can_cindent = TRUE;
9107 #endif
9109 else
9110 vim_beep();
9113 #ifdef FEAT_DND
9114 static void
9115 ins_drop()
9117 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
9119 #endif
9122 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
9123 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
9125 static int
9126 ins_tab()
9128 int ind;
9129 int i;
9130 int temp;
9132 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
9133 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
9134 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
9135 return FALSE;
9137 ind = inindent(0);
9138 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9139 if (ind)
9140 can_cindent = FALSE;
9141 #endif
9144 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
9146 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
9147 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
9148 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
9149 return TRUE;
9151 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9152 return TRUE;
9154 did_ai = FALSE;
9155 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9156 did_si = FALSE;
9157 can_si = FALSE;
9158 can_si_back = FALSE;
9159 #endif
9160 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
9162 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
9163 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
9164 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
9165 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
9166 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
9167 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
9168 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
9171 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
9172 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
9173 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
9175 ins_char(' ');
9176 while (--temp > 0)
9178 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9179 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9180 ins_char(' ');
9181 else
9182 #endif
9184 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
9185 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
9186 replace_push(NUL);
9191 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
9193 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
9195 char_u *ptr;
9196 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9197 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
9198 pos_T pos;
9199 #endif
9200 pos_T fpos;
9201 pos_T *cursor;
9202 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
9203 int change_col = -1;
9204 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
9207 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
9208 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
9210 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9211 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9213 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9214 cursor = &pos;
9215 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
9216 if (saved_line == NULL)
9217 return FALSE;
9218 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
9220 else
9221 #endif
9223 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
9224 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
9227 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
9228 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9229 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
9231 /* Find first white before the cursor */
9232 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9233 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
9235 --fpos.col;
9236 --ptr;
9239 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
9240 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9241 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
9242 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9244 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
9245 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
9248 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
9249 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9250 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
9252 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
9253 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
9254 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
9256 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
9257 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
9258 break;
9259 if (*ptr != TAB)
9261 *ptr = TAB;
9262 if (change_col < 0)
9264 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
9265 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
9266 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9267 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
9270 ++fpos.col;
9271 ++ptr;
9272 vcol += i;
9275 if (change_col >= 0)
9277 int repl_off = 0;
9279 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
9280 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
9282 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
9283 ++ptr;
9284 ++repl_off;
9286 if (vcol > want_vcol)
9288 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
9289 --ptr;
9290 --repl_off;
9292 fpos.col += repl_off;
9294 /* Delete following spaces. */
9295 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
9296 if (i > 0)
9298 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
9299 /* correct replace stack. */
9300 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9301 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9302 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9303 #endif
9305 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
9306 replace_join(repl_off);
9308 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
9309 if (usingNetbeans)
9311 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9312 (long)(i + 1));
9313 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9314 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
9316 #endif
9317 cursor->col -= i;
9319 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9321 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
9322 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
9323 * spacing.
9325 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9327 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
9328 backspace_until_column(change_col);
9330 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
9331 * ptr-cursor */
9332 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
9333 cursor->col - change_col);
9335 #endif
9338 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9339 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9340 vim_free(saved_line);
9341 #endif
9342 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
9345 return FALSE;
9349 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
9350 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
9352 static int
9353 ins_eol(c)
9354 int c;
9356 int i;
9358 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
9359 return FALSE;
9360 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9361 return TRUE;
9362 undisplay_dollar();
9365 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
9366 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
9367 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
9369 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9370 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9371 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9372 #endif
9374 replace_push(NUL);
9377 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
9378 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
9379 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
9380 * in open_line().
9383 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9384 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
9385 * CTRL-O). */
9386 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
9387 coladvance(getviscol());
9388 #endif
9390 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9391 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9392 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
9393 fkmap(NL);
9394 # endif
9395 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
9396 * current line. */
9397 if (revins_on)
9398 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
9399 #endif
9401 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
9402 i = open_line(FORWARD,
9403 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
9404 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
9405 #endif
9406 0, old_indent);
9407 old_indent = 0;
9408 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9409 can_cindent = TRUE;
9410 #endif
9411 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9412 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
9413 foldOpenCursor();
9414 #endif
9416 return (!i);
9419 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
9421 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
9422 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
9423 * done.
9425 static int
9426 ins_digraph()
9428 int c;
9429 int cc;
9431 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
9432 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9434 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9435 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9437 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
9438 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9439 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
9440 #endif
9443 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
9444 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
9445 #endif
9447 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
9448 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
9449 ++no_mapping;
9450 ++allow_keys;
9451 c = plain_vgetc();
9452 --no_mapping;
9453 --allow_keys;
9454 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
9456 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9457 clear_showcmd();
9458 #endif
9459 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9460 return NUL;
9462 if (c != ESC)
9464 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9466 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9467 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9469 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
9471 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
9472 * an ESC next */
9473 edit_unputchar();
9474 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9475 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
9477 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9478 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
9479 #endif
9481 ++no_mapping;
9482 ++allow_keys;
9483 cc = plain_vgetc();
9484 --no_mapping;
9485 --allow_keys;
9486 if (cc != ESC)
9488 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
9489 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
9490 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9491 clear_showcmd();
9492 #endif
9493 return c;
9496 edit_unputchar();
9497 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9498 clear_showcmd();
9499 #endif
9500 return NUL;
9502 #endif
9505 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
9506 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
9508 static int
9509 ins_copychar(lnum)
9510 linenr_T lnum;
9512 int c;
9513 int temp;
9514 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
9516 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9518 vim_beep();
9519 return NUL;
9522 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
9523 temp = 0;
9524 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
9525 prev_ptr = ptr;
9526 validate_virtcol();
9527 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
9529 prev_ptr = ptr;
9530 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
9532 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
9533 ptr = prev_ptr;
9535 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9536 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
9537 #else
9538 c = *ptr;
9539 #endif
9540 if (c == NUL)
9541 vim_beep();
9542 return c;
9546 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
9548 static int
9549 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
9550 int tc;
9552 int c = tc;
9554 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9555 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
9557 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
9558 scrolldown_clamp();
9559 else
9560 scrollup_clamp();
9561 redraw_later(VALID);
9563 else
9564 #endif
9566 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
9567 if (c != NUL)
9569 long tw_save;
9571 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
9572 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
9573 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
9574 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
9575 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
9576 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
9577 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
9578 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
9579 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9580 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
9581 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9582 revins_chars++;
9583 revins_legal++;
9584 #endif
9585 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
9586 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
9589 return c;
9592 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9594 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
9595 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
9597 static void
9598 ins_try_si(c)
9599 int c;
9601 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
9602 char_u *ptr;
9603 int i;
9604 int temp;
9607 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
9609 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
9612 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
9614 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
9616 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9618 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
9619 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
9620 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
9621 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
9622 * lines -- webb
9624 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
9625 i = pos->col;
9626 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
9627 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
9629 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
9630 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
9631 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
9632 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
9633 i = get_indent();
9634 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9635 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9636 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9637 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
9638 else
9639 #endif
9640 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
9642 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
9645 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
9646 * more than indent of previous line
9648 temp = TRUE;
9649 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9651 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9652 i = get_indent();
9653 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9655 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
9657 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
9658 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
9659 break;
9661 if (get_indent() >= i)
9662 temp = FALSE;
9663 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9665 if (temp)
9666 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
9671 * set indent of '#' always to 0
9673 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
9675 /* remember current indent for next line */
9676 old_indent = get_indent();
9677 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
9680 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
9681 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
9682 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9684 #endif
9687 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
9688 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
9690 static colnr_T
9691 get_nolist_virtcol()
9693 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9694 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
9695 validate_virtcol();
9696 return curwin->w_virtcol;